]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
c906108c | 1 | /* Read hp debug symbols and convert to internal format, for GDB. |
1e698235 | 2 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 |
b6ba6518 | 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
c906108c SS |
4 | |
5 | This file is part of GDB. | |
6 | ||
7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or | |
10 | (at your option) any later version. | |
11 | ||
12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | ||
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
c5aa993b JM |
19 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
20 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. | |
c906108c SS |
21 | |
22 | Written by the Center for Software Science at the University of Utah | |
23 | and by Cygnus Support. */ | |
24 | ||
25 | #include "defs.h" | |
26 | #include "bfd.h" | |
27 | #include "gdb_string.h" | |
28 | #include "hp-symtab.h" | |
29 | #include "syms.h" | |
30 | #include "symtab.h" | |
31 | #include "symfile.h" | |
32 | #include "objfiles.h" | |
33 | #include "buildsym.h" | |
34 | #include "complaints.h" | |
35 | #include "gdb-stabs.h" | |
36 | #include "gdbtypes.h" | |
37 | #include "demangle.h" | |
65e82032 AC |
38 | #include "somsolib.h" |
39 | #include "gdb_assert.h" | |
c906108c SS |
40 | |
41 | /* Private information attached to an objfile which we use to find | |
42 | and internalize the HP C debug symbols within that objfile. */ | |
43 | ||
44 | struct hpread_symfile_info | |
c5aa993b JM |
45 | { |
46 | /* The contents of each of the debug sections (there are 4 of them). */ | |
47 | char *gntt; | |
48 | char *lntt; | |
49 | char *slt; | |
50 | char *vt; | |
c906108c | 51 | |
c5aa993b JM |
52 | /* We keep the size of the $VT$ section for range checking. */ |
53 | unsigned int vt_size; | |
c906108c | 54 | |
c5aa993b JM |
55 | /* Some routines still need to know the number of symbols in the |
56 | main debug sections ($LNTT$ and $GNTT$). */ | |
57 | unsigned int lntt_symcount; | |
58 | unsigned int gntt_symcount; | |
c906108c | 59 | |
c5aa993b | 60 | /* To keep track of all the types we've processed. */ |
9a6f53fe EZ |
61 | struct type **dntt_type_vector; |
62 | int dntt_type_vector_length; | |
c906108c | 63 | |
c5aa993b JM |
64 | /* Keeps track of the beginning of a range of source lines. */ |
65 | sltpointer sl_index; | |
c906108c | 66 | |
c5aa993b JM |
67 | /* Some state variables we'll need. */ |
68 | int within_function; | |
c906108c | 69 | |
c5aa993b JM |
70 | /* Keep track of the current function's address. We may need to look |
71 | up something based on this address. */ | |
72 | unsigned int current_function_value; | |
73 | }; | |
c906108c SS |
74 | |
75 | /* Accessor macros to get at the fields. */ | |
76 | #define HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o) \ | |
77 | ((struct hpread_symfile_info *)((o)->sym_private)) | |
78 | #define GNTT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->gntt) | |
79 | #define LNTT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->lntt) | |
80 | #define SLT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->slt) | |
81 | #define VT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->vt) | |
82 | #define VT_SIZE(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->vt_size) | |
83 | #define LNTT_SYMCOUNT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->lntt_symcount) | |
84 | #define GNTT_SYMCOUNT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->gntt_symcount) | |
9a6f53fe EZ |
85 | #define DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->dntt_type_vector) |
86 | #define DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH(o) \ | |
87 | (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->dntt_type_vector_length) | |
c906108c SS |
88 | #define SL_INDEX(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->sl_index) |
89 | #define WITHIN_FUNCTION(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->within_function) | |
90 | #define CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->current_function_value) | |
91 | ||
c906108c SS |
92 | \f |
93 | /* We put a pointer to this structure in the read_symtab_private field | |
94 | of the psymtab. */ | |
95 | ||
96 | struct symloc | |
c5aa993b JM |
97 | { |
98 | /* The offset within the file symbol table of first local symbol for | |
99 | this file. */ | |
c906108c | 100 | |
c5aa993b | 101 | int ldsymoff; |
c906108c | 102 | |
c5aa993b JM |
103 | /* Length (in bytes) of the section of the symbol table devoted to |
104 | this file's symbols (actually, the section bracketed may contain | |
105 | more than just this file's symbols). If ldsymlen is 0, the only | |
106 | reason for this thing's existence is the dependency list. | |
107 | Nothing else will happen when it is read in. */ | |
c906108c | 108 | |
c5aa993b JM |
109 | int ldsymlen; |
110 | }; | |
c906108c SS |
111 | |
112 | #define LDSYMOFF(p) (((struct symloc *)((p)->read_symtab_private))->ldsymoff) | |
113 | #define LDSYMLEN(p) (((struct symloc *)((p)->read_symtab_private))->ldsymlen) | |
114 | #define SYMLOC(p) ((struct symloc *)((p)->read_symtab_private)) | |
115 | \f | |
c906108c | 116 | /* Complaints about the symbols we have encountered. */ |
23136709 KB |
117 | static void |
118 | lbrac_unmatched_complaint (int arg1) | |
8af51c36 | 119 | { |
23136709 KB |
120 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, "unmatched N_LBRAC before symtab pos %d", |
121 | arg1); | |
122 | } | |
8af51c36 | 123 | |
23136709 KB |
124 | static void |
125 | lbrac_mismatch_complaint (int arg1) | |
8af51c36 | 126 | { |
23136709 KB |
127 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, |
128 | "N_LBRAC/N_RBRAC symbol mismatch at symtab pos %d", arg1); | |
129 | } | |
8af51c36 EZ |
130 | |
131 | /* To generate dumping code, uncomment this define. The dumping | |
132 | itself is controlled by routine-local statics called "dumping". */ | |
133 | /* #define DUMPING 1 */ | |
134 | ||
135 | /* To use the quick look-up tables, uncomment this define. */ | |
136 | #define QUICK_LOOK_UP 1 | |
137 | ||
138 | /* To call PXDB to process un-processed files, uncomment this define. */ | |
139 | #define USE_PXDB 1 | |
140 | ||
141 | /* Forward procedure declarations */ | |
142 | ||
68b8d23e JB |
143 | static void set_namestring (union dnttentry *sym, char **namep, |
144 | struct objfile *objfile); | |
145 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
146 | void hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *); |
147 | ||
148 | void do_pxdb (bfd *); | |
c906108c | 149 | |
a14ed312 | 150 | void hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *, int); |
c906108c | 151 | |
a14ed312 | 152 | void hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *); |
c906108c | 153 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
154 | static union dnttentry *hpread_get_gntt (int, struct objfile *); |
155 | ||
2f4150cc AC |
156 | static union dnttentry *hpread_get_lntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile); |
157 | ||
158 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
159 | static unsigned long hpread_get_textlow (int, int, struct objfile *, int); |
160 | ||
c906108c | 161 | static struct partial_symtab *hpread_start_psymtab |
a14ed312 KB |
162 | (struct objfile *, char *, CORE_ADDR, int, |
163 | struct partial_symbol **, struct partial_symbol **); | |
c906108c SS |
164 | |
165 | static struct partial_symtab *hpread_end_psymtab | |
a14ed312 KB |
166 | (struct partial_symtab *, char **, int, int, CORE_ADDR, |
167 | struct partial_symtab **, int); | |
c906108c | 168 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
169 | static unsigned long hpread_get_scope_start (sltpointer, struct objfile *); |
170 | ||
171 | static unsigned long hpread_get_line (sltpointer, struct objfile *); | |
172 | ||
173 | static CORE_ADDR hpread_get_location (sltpointer, struct objfile *); | |
174 | ||
504d5c7e JB |
175 | int hpread_has_name (enum dntt_entry_type kind); |
176 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
177 | static void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *); |
178 | ||
179 | void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *); | |
180 | ||
c906108c | 181 | static struct symtab *hpread_expand_symtab |
a14ed312 KB |
182 | (struct objfile *, int, int, CORE_ADDR, int, |
183 | struct section_offsets *, char *); | |
c906108c | 184 | |
8af51c36 | 185 | static int hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer); |
c906108c | 186 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
187 | static struct type **hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *); |
188 | ||
189 | static struct type *hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *); | |
190 | ||
191 | static struct type *hpread_read_enum_type | |
192 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *); | |
c906108c SS |
193 | |
194 | static struct type *hpread_read_function_type | |
8af51c36 EZ |
195 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int); |
196 | ||
197 | static struct type *hpread_read_doc_function_type | |
198 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int); | |
199 | ||
200 | static struct type *hpread_read_struct_type | |
a14ed312 | 201 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *); |
c906108c | 202 | |
8af51c36 | 203 | static struct type *hpread_get_nth_template_arg (struct objfile *, int); |
c906108c | 204 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
205 | static struct type *hpread_read_templ_arg_type |
206 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, char *); | |
c906108c | 207 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
208 | static struct type *hpread_read_set_type |
209 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *); | |
c906108c | 210 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
211 | static struct type *hpread_read_array_type |
212 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, struct objfile *objfile); | |
c906108c | 213 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
214 | static struct type *hpread_read_subrange_type |
215 | (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *); | |
c5aa993b | 216 | |
8af51c36 | 217 | static struct type *hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer, struct objfile *); |
c906108c | 218 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
219 | static sltpointer hpread_record_lines |
220 | (struct subfile *, sltpointer, sltpointer, struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR); | |
c906108c | 221 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
222 | static void hpread_process_one_debug_symbol |
223 | (union dnttentry *, char *, struct section_offsets *, | |
224 | struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR, int, char *, int, int *); | |
c906108c | 225 | |
8af51c36 | 226 | static int hpread_get_scope_depth (union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int); |
c906108c | 227 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
228 | static void fix_static_member_physnames |
229 | (struct type *, char *, struct objfile *); | |
c906108c | 230 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
231 | static void fixup_class_method_type |
232 | (struct type *, struct type *, struct objfile *); | |
c906108c | 233 | |
8af51c36 | 234 | static void hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (struct type *, int); |
c906108c | 235 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
236 | static dnttpointer hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions |
237 | (int, dnttpointer, union dnttentry **, struct objfile *); | |
c906108c | 238 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
239 | \f |
240 | /* Global to indicate presence of HP-compiled objects, | |
241 | in particular, SOM executable file with SOM debug info | |
242 | Defined in symtab.c, used in hppa-tdep.c. */ | |
243 | extern int hp_som_som_object_present; | |
c906108c | 244 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
245 | /* Static used to indicate a class type that requires a |
246 | fix-up of one of its method types */ | |
247 | static struct type *fixup_class = NULL; | |
c906108c | 248 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
249 | /* Static used to indicate the method type that is to be |
250 | used to fix-up the type for fixup_class */ | |
251 | static struct type *fixup_method = NULL; | |
c906108c | 252 | |
8af51c36 | 253 | #ifdef USE_PXDB |
c906108c | 254 | |
8af51c36 | 255 | /* NOTE use of system files! May not be portable. */ |
c906108c | 256 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
257 | #define PXDB_SVR4 "/opt/langtools/bin/pxdb" |
258 | #define PXDB_BSD "/usr/bin/pxdb" | |
c906108c | 259 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
260 | #include <stdlib.h> |
261 | #include "gdb_string.h" | |
c906108c | 262 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
263 | /* check for the existence of a file, given its full pathname */ |
264 | int | |
265 | file_exists (char *filename) | |
266 | { | |
267 | if (filename) | |
268 | return (access (filename, F_OK) == 0); | |
269 | return 0; | |
270 | } | |
c906108c | 271 | |
c906108c | 272 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
273 | /* Translate from the "hp_language" enumeration in hp-symtab.h |
274 | used in the debug info to gdb's generic enumeration in defs.h. */ | |
275 | static enum language | |
276 | trans_lang (enum hp_language in_lang) | |
277 | { | |
278 | if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_C) | |
279 | return language_c; | |
c906108c | 280 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
281 | else if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) |
282 | return language_cplus; | |
c906108c | 283 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
284 | else if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_FORTRAN) |
285 | return language_fortran; | |
c906108c | 286 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
287 | else |
288 | return language_unknown; | |
c906108c SS |
289 | } |
290 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
291 | static char main_string[] = "main"; |
292 | \f | |
68b8d23e JB |
293 | |
294 | /* Given the native debug symbol SYM, set NAMEP to the name associated | |
295 | with the debug symbol. Note we may be called with a debug symbol which | |
296 | has no associated name, in that case we return an empty string. */ | |
297 | ||
298 | static void | |
299 | set_namestring (union dnttentry *sym, char **namep, struct objfile *objfile) | |
300 | { | |
301 | /* Note that we "know" that the name for any symbol is always in the same | |
302 | place. Hence we don't have to conditionalize on the symbol type. */ | |
303 | if (! hpread_has_name (sym->dblock.kind)) | |
304 | *namep = ""; | |
305 | else if ((unsigned) sym->dsfile.name >= VT_SIZE (objfile)) | |
306 | { | |
307 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, "bad string table offset in symbol %d", | |
308 | symnum); | |
309 | *namep = ""; | |
310 | } | |
311 | else | |
312 | *namep = sym->dsfile.name + VT (objfile); | |
313 | } | |
314 | ||
8af51c36 | 315 | /* Call PXDB to process our file. |
c906108c | 316 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
317 | Approach copied from DDE's "dbgk_run_pxdb". Note: we |
318 | don't check for BSD location of pxdb, nor for existence | |
319 | of pxdb itself, etc. | |
c906108c | 320 | |
8af51c36 | 321 | NOTE: uses system function and string functions directly. |
c906108c | 322 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
323 | Return value: 1 if ok, 0 if not */ |
324 | int | |
325 | hpread_call_pxdb (const char *file_name) | |
c906108c | 326 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
327 | char *p; |
328 | int status; | |
329 | int retval; | |
c906108c | 330 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
331 | if (file_exists (PXDB_SVR4)) |
332 | { | |
333 | p = xmalloc (strlen (PXDB_SVR4) + strlen (file_name) + 2); | |
334 | strcpy (p, PXDB_SVR4); | |
335 | strcat (p, " "); | |
336 | strcat (p, file_name); | |
c906108c | 337 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
338 | warning ("File not processed by pxdb--about to process now.\n"); |
339 | status = system (p); | |
c906108c | 340 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
341 | retval = (status == 0); |
342 | } | |
343 | else | |
344 | { | |
345 | warning ("pxdb not found at standard location: /opt/langtools/bin\ngdb will not be able to debug %s.\nPlease install pxdb at the above location and then restart gdb.\nYou can also run pxdb on %s with the command\n\"pxdb %s\" and then restart gdb.", file_name, file_name, file_name); | |
c906108c | 346 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
347 | retval = 0; |
348 | } | |
349 | return retval; | |
350 | } /* hpread_call_pxdb */ | |
351 | \f | |
c906108c | 352 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
353 | /* Return 1 if the file turns out to need pre-processing |
354 | by PXDB, and we have thus called PXDB to do this processing | |
355 | and the file therefore needs to be re-loaded. Otherwise | |
356 | return 0. */ | |
357 | int | |
358 | hpread_pxdb_needed (bfd *sym_bfd) | |
359 | { | |
360 | asection *pinfo_section, *debug_section, *header_section; | |
361 | unsigned int do_pxdb; | |
362 | char *buf; | |
363 | bfd_size_type header_section_size; | |
c906108c | 364 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
365 | unsigned long tmp; |
366 | unsigned int pxdbed; | |
c906108c | 367 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
368 | header_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$HEADER$"); |
369 | if (!header_section) | |
370 | { | |
371 | return 0; /* No header at all, can't recover... */ | |
372 | } | |
c906108c | 373 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
374 | debug_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$DEBUG$"); |
375 | pinfo_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$PINFO$"); | |
c906108c | 376 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
377 | if (pinfo_section && !debug_section) |
378 | { | |
379 | /* Debug info with DOC, has different header format. | |
380 | this only happens if the file was pxdbed and compiled optimized | |
381 | otherwise the PINFO section is not there. */ | |
382 | header_section_size = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, header_section); | |
c906108c | 383 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
384 | if (header_section_size == (bfd_size_type) sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header)) |
385 | { | |
386 | buf = alloca (sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header)); | |
c906108c | 387 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
388 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (sym_bfd, |
389 | header_section, | |
390 | buf, 0, | |
391 | header_section_size)) | |
392 | error ("bfd_get_section_contents\n"); | |
c906108c | 393 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
394 | tmp = bfd_get_32 (sym_bfd, (bfd_byte *) (buf + sizeof (int) * 4)); |
395 | pxdbed = (tmp >> 31) & 0x1; | |
c906108c | 396 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
397 | if (!pxdbed) |
398 | error ("file debug header info invalid\n"); | |
399 | do_pxdb = 0; | |
400 | } | |
c906108c | 401 | |
c906108c | 402 | else |
8af51c36 EZ |
403 | error ("invalid $HEADER$ size in executable \n"); |
404 | } | |
405 | ||
406 | else | |
407 | { | |
c906108c | 408 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
409 | /* this can be three different cases: |
410 | 1. pxdbed and not doc | |
411 | - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there | |
412 | - header is PXDB_header type | |
413 | - pxdbed flag is set to 1 | |
414 | ||
415 | 2. not pxdbed and doc | |
416 | - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there | |
417 | - header is DOC_info_header type | |
418 | - pxdbed flag is set to 0 | |
419 | ||
420 | 3. not pxdbed and not doc | |
421 | - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there | |
422 | - header is XDB_header type | |
423 | - pxdbed flag is set to 0 | |
424 | ||
425 | NOTE: the pxdbed flag is meaningful also in the not | |
426 | already pxdb processed version of the header, | |
427 | because in case on non-already processed by pxdb files | |
428 | that same bit in the header would be always zero. | |
429 | Why? Because the bit is the leftmost bit of a word | |
430 | which contains a 'length' which is always a positive value | |
431 | so that bit is never set to 1 (otherwise it would be negative) | |
432 | ||
433 | Given the above, we have two choices : either we ignore the | |
434 | size of the header itself and just look at the pxdbed field, | |
435 | or we check the size and then we (for safety and paranoia related | |
436 | issues) check the bit. | |
437 | The first solution is used by DDE, the second by PXDB itself. | |
438 | I am using the second one here, because I already wrote it, | |
439 | and it is the end of a long day. | |
440 | Also, using the first approach would still involve size issues | |
441 | because we need to read in the contents of the header section, and | |
442 | give the correct amount of stuff we want to read to the | |
443 | get_bfd_section_contents function. */ | |
444 | ||
445 | /* decide which case depending on the size of the header section. | |
446 | The size is as defined in hp-symtab.h */ | |
447 | ||
448 | header_section_size = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, header_section); | |
449 | ||
450 | if (header_section_size == (bfd_size_type) sizeof (PXDB_header)) /* pxdb and not doc */ | |
c906108c | 451 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
452 | |
453 | buf = alloca (sizeof (PXDB_header)); | |
454 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (sym_bfd, | |
455 | header_section, | |
456 | buf, 0, | |
457 | header_section_size)) | |
458 | error ("bfd_get_section_contents\n"); | |
459 | ||
460 | tmp = bfd_get_32 (sym_bfd, (bfd_byte *) (buf + sizeof (int) * 3)); | |
461 | pxdbed = (tmp >> 31) & 0x1; | |
462 | ||
463 | if (pxdbed) | |
464 | do_pxdb = 0; | |
c906108c | 465 | else |
8af51c36 EZ |
466 | error ("file debug header invalid\n"); |
467 | } | |
468 | else /*not pxdbed and doc OR not pxdbed and non doc */ | |
469 | do_pxdb = 1; | |
470 | } | |
c906108c | 471 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
472 | if (do_pxdb) |
473 | { | |
474 | return 1; | |
475 | } | |
476 | else | |
477 | { | |
478 | return 0; | |
479 | } | |
480 | } /* hpread_pxdb_needed */ | |
c906108c | 481 | |
8af51c36 | 482 | #endif |
c906108c | 483 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
484 | /* Check whether the file needs to be preprocessed by pxdb. |
485 | If so, call pxdb. */ | |
c906108c | 486 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
487 | void |
488 | do_pxdb (bfd *sym_bfd) | |
489 | { | |
490 | /* The following code is HP-specific. The "right" way of | |
491 | doing this is unknown, but we bet would involve a target- | |
492 | specific pre-file-load check using a generic mechanism. */ | |
c906108c | 493 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
494 | /* This code will not be executed if the file is not in SOM |
495 | format (i.e. if compiled with gcc) */ | |
496 | if (hpread_pxdb_needed (sym_bfd)) | |
497 | { | |
498 | /*This file has not been pre-processed. Preprocess now */ | |
c906108c | 499 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
500 | if (hpread_call_pxdb (sym_bfd->filename)) |
501 | { | |
502 | /* The call above has changed the on-disk file, | |
503 | we can close the file anyway, because the | |
504 | symbols will be reread in when the target is run */ | |
505 | bfd_close (sym_bfd); | |
506 | } | |
507 | } | |
508 | } | |
509 | \f | |
c906108c | 510 | |
c906108c | 511 | |
8af51c36 | 512 | #ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP |
c906108c | 513 | |
8af51c36 | 514 | /* Code to handle quick lookup-tables follows. */ |
c906108c | 515 | |
c906108c | 516 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
517 | /* Some useful macros */ |
518 | #define VALID_FILE(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->fd_entries) | |
519 | #define VALID_MODULE(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->md_entries) | |
520 | #define VALID_PROC(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->pd_entries) | |
521 | #define VALID_CLASS(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->cd_entries) | |
c906108c | 522 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
523 | #define FILE_START(i) (qFD[i].adrStart) |
524 | #define MODULE_START(i) (qMD[i].adrStart) | |
525 | #define PROC_START(i) (qPD[i].adrStart) | |
c906108c | 526 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
527 | #define FILE_END(i) (qFD[i].adrEnd) |
528 | #define MODULE_END(i) (qMD[i].adrEnd) | |
529 | #define PROC_END(i) (qPD[i].adrEnd) | |
c906108c | 530 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
531 | #define FILE_ISYM(i) (qFD[i].isym) |
532 | #define MODULE_ISYM(i) (qMD[i].isym) | |
533 | #define PROC_ISYM(i) (qPD[i].isym) | |
c906108c | 534 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
535 | #define VALID_CURR_FILE (curr_fd < pxdb_header_p->fd_entries) |
536 | #define VALID_CURR_MODULE (curr_md < pxdb_header_p->md_entries) | |
537 | #define VALID_CURR_PROC (curr_pd < pxdb_header_p->pd_entries) | |
538 | #define VALID_CURR_CLASS (curr_cd < pxdb_header_p->cd_entries) | |
c906108c | 539 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
540 | #define CURR_FILE_START (qFD[curr_fd].adrStart) |
541 | #define CURR_MODULE_START (qMD[curr_md].adrStart) | |
542 | #define CURR_PROC_START (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart) | |
c906108c | 543 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
544 | #define CURR_FILE_END (qFD[curr_fd].adrEnd) |
545 | #define CURR_MODULE_END (qMD[curr_md].adrEnd) | |
546 | #define CURR_PROC_END (qPD[curr_pd].adrEnd) | |
c906108c | 547 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
548 | #define CURR_FILE_ISYM (qFD[curr_fd].isym) |
549 | #define CURR_MODULE_ISYM (qMD[curr_md].isym) | |
550 | #define CURR_PROC_ISYM (qPD[curr_pd].isym) | |
c906108c | 551 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
552 | #define TELL_OBJFILE \ |
553 | do { \ | |
554 | if( !told_objfile ) { \ | |
555 | told_objfile = 1; \ | |
556 | warning ("\nIn object file \"%s\":\n", \ | |
557 | objfile->name); \ | |
558 | } \ | |
559 | } while (0) | |
560 | \f | |
c906108c | 561 | |
c906108c | 562 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
563 | /* Keeping track of the start/end symbol table (LNTT) indices of |
564 | psymtabs created so far */ | |
565 | ||
566 | typedef struct | |
c906108c | 567 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
568 | int start; |
569 | int end; | |
c906108c | 570 | } |
8af51c36 | 571 | pst_syms_struct; |
c906108c | 572 | |
8af51c36 | 573 | static pst_syms_struct *pst_syms_array = 0; |
c906108c | 574 | |
504d5c7e JB |
575 | static int pst_syms_count = 0; |
576 | static int pst_syms_size = 0; | |
c906108c | 577 | |
8af51c36 | 578 | /* used by the TELL_OBJFILE macro */ |
504d5c7e | 579 | static int told_objfile = 0; |
8af51c36 EZ |
580 | |
581 | /* Set up psymtab symbol index stuff */ | |
582 | static void | |
583 | init_pst_syms (void) | |
c906108c | 584 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
585 | pst_syms_count = 0; |
586 | pst_syms_size = 20; | |
587 | pst_syms_array = (pst_syms_struct *) xmalloc (20 * sizeof (pst_syms_struct)); | |
c906108c SS |
588 | } |
589 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
590 | /* Clean up psymtab symbol index stuff */ |
591 | static void | |
592 | clear_pst_syms (void) | |
c906108c | 593 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
594 | pst_syms_count = 0; |
595 | pst_syms_size = 0; | |
596 | xfree (pst_syms_array); | |
597 | pst_syms_array = 0; | |
c906108c SS |
598 | } |
599 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
600 | /* Add information about latest psymtab to symbol index table */ |
601 | static void | |
602 | record_pst_syms (int start_sym, int end_sym) | |
c906108c | 603 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
604 | if (++pst_syms_count > pst_syms_size) |
605 | { | |
606 | pst_syms_array = (pst_syms_struct *) xrealloc (pst_syms_array, | |
607 | 2 * pst_syms_size * sizeof (pst_syms_struct)); | |
608 | pst_syms_size *= 2; | |
609 | } | |
610 | pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].start = start_sym; | |
611 | pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end = end_sym; | |
c906108c SS |
612 | } |
613 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
614 | /* Find a suitable symbol table index which can serve as the upper |
615 | bound of a psymtab that starts at INDEX | |
c906108c | 616 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
617 | This scans backwards in the psymtab symbol index table to find a |
618 | "hole" in which the given index can fit. This is a heuristic!! | |
619 | We don't search the entire table to check for multiple holes, | |
620 | we don't care about overlaps, etc. | |
621 | ||
622 | Return 0 => not found */ | |
623 | static int | |
624 | find_next_pst_start (int index) | |
c906108c | 625 | { |
8af51c36 | 626 | int i; |
c906108c | 627 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
628 | for (i = pst_syms_count - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
629 | if (pst_syms_array[i].end <= index) | |
630 | return (i == pst_syms_count - 1) ? 0 : pst_syms_array[i + 1].start - 1; | |
c906108c | 631 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
632 | if (pst_syms_array[0].start > index) |
633 | return pst_syms_array[0].start - 1; | |
c906108c | 634 | |
8af51c36 | 635 | return 0; |
c906108c | 636 | } |
8af51c36 | 637 | \f |
c906108c | 638 | |
c906108c | 639 | |
8af51c36 | 640 | /* Utility functions to find the ending symbol index for a psymtab */ |
c906108c | 641 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
642 | /* Find the next file entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return |
643 | its starting symbol index - 1. | |
644 | QFD is the file table, CURR_FD is the file entry from where to start, | |
645 | PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work). | |
646 | ||
647 | Return 0 => not found */ | |
648 | static int | |
649 | find_next_file_isym (int index, quick_file_entry *qFD, int curr_fd, | |
650 | PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p) | |
651 | { | |
652 | while (VALID_CURR_FILE) | |
653 | { | |
654 | if (CURR_FILE_ISYM >= index) | |
655 | return CURR_FILE_ISYM - 1; | |
656 | curr_fd++; | |
657 | } | |
658 | return 0; | |
c906108c SS |
659 | } |
660 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
661 | /* Find the next procedure entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return |
662 | its starting symbol index - 1. | |
663 | QPD is the procedure table, CURR_PD is the proc entry from where to start, | |
664 | PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work). | |
c906108c | 665 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
666 | Return 0 => not found */ |
667 | static int | |
668 | find_next_proc_isym (int index, quick_procedure_entry *qPD, int curr_pd, | |
669 | PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p) | |
c906108c | 670 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
671 | while (VALID_CURR_PROC) |
672 | { | |
673 | if (CURR_PROC_ISYM >= index) | |
674 | return CURR_PROC_ISYM - 1; | |
675 | curr_pd++; | |
676 | } | |
677 | return 0; | |
c906108c SS |
678 | } |
679 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
680 | /* Find the next module entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return |
681 | its starting symbol index - 1. | |
682 | QMD is the module table, CURR_MD is the modue entry from where to start, | |
683 | PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work). | |
c906108c | 684 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
685 | Return 0 => not found */ |
686 | static int | |
687 | find_next_module_isym (int index, quick_module_entry *qMD, int curr_md, | |
688 | PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p) | |
689 | { | |
690 | while (VALID_CURR_MODULE) | |
c906108c | 691 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
692 | if (CURR_MODULE_ISYM >= index) |
693 | return CURR_MODULE_ISYM - 1; | |
694 | curr_md++; | |
c906108c | 695 | } |
8af51c36 | 696 | return 0; |
c906108c | 697 | } |
c906108c | 698 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
699 | /* Scan and record partial symbols for all functions starting from index |
700 | pointed to by CURR_PD_P, and between code addresses START_ADR and END_ADR. | |
701 | Other parameters are explained in comments below. */ | |
702 | ||
703 | /* This used to be inline in hpread_quick_traverse, but now that we do | |
704 | essentially the same thing for two different cases (modules and | |
705 | module-less files), it's better organized in a separate routine, | |
706 | although it does take lots of arguments. pai/1997-10-08 | |
707 | ||
708 | CURR_PD_P is the pointer to the current proc index. QPD is the | |
709 | procedure quick lookup table. MAX_PROCS is the number of entries | |
710 | in the proc. table. START_ADR is the beginning of the code range | |
711 | for the current psymtab. end_adr is the end of the code range for | |
712 | the current psymtab. PST is the current psymtab. VT_bits is | |
713 | a pointer to the strings table of SOM debug space. OBJFILE is | |
714 | the current object file. */ | |
c906108c SS |
715 | |
716 | static int | |
8af51c36 EZ |
717 | scan_procs (int *curr_pd_p, quick_procedure_entry *qPD, int max_procs, |
718 | CORE_ADDR start_adr, CORE_ADDR end_adr, struct partial_symtab *pst, | |
719 | char *vt_bits, struct objfile *objfile) | |
c906108c | 720 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
721 | union dnttentry *dn_bufp; |
722 | int symbol_count = 0; /* Total number of symbols in this psymtab */ | |
723 | int curr_pd = *curr_pd_p; /* Convenience variable -- avoid dereferencing pointer all the time */ | |
c906108c | 724 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
725 | #ifdef DUMPING |
726 | /* Turn this on for lots of debugging information in this routine */ | |
727 | static int dumping = 0; | |
728 | #endif | |
729 | ||
730 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
731 | if (dumping) | |
732 | { | |
733 | printf ("Scan_procs called, addresses %x to %x, proc %x\n", start_adr, end_adr, curr_pd); | |
c906108c | 734 | } |
8af51c36 | 735 | #endif |
c906108c | 736 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
737 | while ((CURR_PROC_START <= end_adr) && (curr_pd < max_procs)) |
738 | { | |
c906108c | 739 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
740 | char *rtn_name; /* mangled name */ |
741 | char *rtn_dem_name; /* qualified demangled name */ | |
742 | char *class_name; | |
743 | int class; | |
c906108c | 744 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
745 | if ((trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language) == language_cplus) && |
746 | vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbAlias]) /* not a null string */ | |
747 | { | |
748 | /* Get mangled name for the procedure, and demangle it */ | |
749 | rtn_name = &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbAlias]; | |
750 | rtn_dem_name = cplus_demangle (rtn_name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS); | |
751 | } | |
752 | else | |
753 | { | |
754 | rtn_name = &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc]; | |
755 | rtn_dem_name = NULL; | |
756 | } | |
c906108c | 757 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
758 | /* Hack to get around HP C/C++ compilers' insistence on providing |
759 | "_MAIN_" as an alternate name for "main" */ | |
760 | if ((strcmp (rtn_name, "_MAIN_") == 0) && | |
761 | (strcmp (&vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], "main") == 0)) | |
762 | rtn_dem_name = rtn_name = main_string; | |
c906108c | 763 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
764 | #ifdef DUMPING |
765 | if (dumping) | |
766 | { | |
767 | printf ("..add %s (demangled %s), index %x to this psymtab\n", rtn_name, rtn_dem_name, curr_pd); | |
768 | } | |
769 | #endif | |
770 | ||
771 | /* Check for module-spanning routines. */ | |
772 | if (CURR_PROC_END > end_adr) | |
773 | { | |
774 | TELL_OBJFILE; | |
775 | warning ("Procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] spans file or module boundaries.", rtn_name, curr_pd); | |
776 | } | |
777 | ||
778 | /* Add this routine symbol to the list in the objfile. | |
779 | Unfortunately we have to go to the LNTT to determine the | |
780 | correct list to put it on. An alternative (which the | |
781 | code used to do) would be to not check and always throw | |
782 | it on the "static" list. But if we go that route, then | |
783 | symbol_lookup() needs to be tweaked a bit to account | |
784 | for the fact that the function might not be found on | |
785 | the correct list in the psymtab. - RT */ | |
786 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (qPD[curr_pd].isym, objfile); | |
787 | if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global) | |
788 | add_psymbol_with_dem_name_to_list (rtn_name, | |
789 | strlen (rtn_name), | |
790 | rtn_dem_name, | |
791 | strlen (rtn_dem_name), | |
792 | VAR_NAMESPACE, | |
793 | LOC_BLOCK, /* "I am a routine" */ | |
794 | &objfile->global_psymbols, | |
795 | (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart + /* Starting address of rtn */ | |
796 | ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile))), | |
797 | 0, /* core addr?? */ | |
798 | trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language), | |
799 | objfile); | |
800 | else | |
801 | add_psymbol_with_dem_name_to_list (rtn_name, | |
802 | strlen (rtn_name), | |
803 | rtn_dem_name, | |
804 | strlen (rtn_dem_name), | |
805 | VAR_NAMESPACE, | |
806 | LOC_BLOCK, /* "I am a routine" */ | |
807 | &objfile->static_psymbols, | |
808 | (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart + /* Starting address of rtn */ | |
809 | ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile))), | |
810 | 0, /* core addr?? */ | |
811 | trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language), | |
812 | objfile); | |
813 | ||
814 | symbol_count++; | |
815 | *curr_pd_p = ++curr_pd; /* bump up count & reflect in caller */ | |
816 | } /* loop over procedures */ | |
817 | ||
818 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
819 | if (dumping) | |
820 | { | |
821 | if (symbol_count == 0) | |
822 | printf ("Scan_procs: no symbols found!\n"); | |
823 | } | |
824 | #endif | |
825 | ||
826 | return symbol_count; | |
c906108c | 827 | } |
c906108c | 828 | |
c906108c | 829 | |
8af51c36 | 830 | /* Traverse the quick look-up tables, building a set of psymtabs. |
c906108c | 831 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
832 | This constructs a psymtab for modules and files in the quick lookup |
833 | tables. | |
c906108c | 834 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
835 | Mostly, modules correspond to compilation units, so we try to |
836 | create psymtabs that correspond to modules; however, in some cases | |
837 | a file can result in a compiled object which does not have a module | |
838 | entry for it, so in such cases we create a psymtab for the file. */ | |
c906108c | 839 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
840 | int |
841 | hpread_quick_traverse (struct objfile *objfile, char *gntt_bits, | |
842 | char *vt_bits, PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p) | |
843 | { | |
844 | struct partial_symtab *pst; | |
c906108c | 845 | |
8af51c36 | 846 | char *addr; |
c906108c | 847 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
848 | quick_procedure_entry *qPD; |
849 | quick_file_entry *qFD; | |
850 | quick_module_entry *qMD; | |
851 | quick_class_entry *qCD; | |
c906108c | 852 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
853 | int idx; |
854 | int i; | |
855 | CORE_ADDR start_adr; /* current psymtab's starting code addr */ | |
856 | CORE_ADDR end_adr; /* current psymtab's ending code addr */ | |
857 | CORE_ADDR next_mod_adr; /* next module's starting code addr */ | |
858 | int curr_pd; /* current procedure */ | |
859 | int curr_fd; /* current file */ | |
860 | int curr_md; /* current module */ | |
861 | int start_sym; /* current psymtab's starting symbol index */ | |
862 | int end_sym; /* current psymtab's ending symbol index */ | |
863 | int max_LNTT_sym_index; | |
864 | int syms_in_pst; | |
865 | B_TYPE *class_entered; | |
866 | ||
867 | struct partial_symbol **global_syms; /* We'll be filling in the "global" */ | |
868 | struct partial_symbol **static_syms; /* and "static" tables in the objfile | |
869 | as we go, so we need a pair of | |
870 | current pointers. */ | |
871 | ||
872 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
873 | /* Turn this on for lots of debugging information in this routine. | |
874 | You get a blow-by-blow account of quick lookup table reading */ | |
875 | static int dumping = 0; | |
876 | #endif | |
c906108c | 877 | |
8af51c36 | 878 | pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0; |
c906108c | 879 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
880 | /* Clear out some globals */ |
881 | init_pst_syms (); | |
882 | told_objfile = 0; | |
c906108c | 883 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
884 | /* Demangling style -- if EDG style already set, don't change it, |
885 | as HP style causes some problems with the KAI EDG compiler */ | |
886 | if (current_demangling_style != edg_demangling) | |
887 | { | |
888 | /* Otherwise, ensure that we are using HP style demangling */ | |
889 | set_demangling_style (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING); | |
c906108c SS |
890 | } |
891 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
892 | /* First we need to find the starting points of the quick |
893 | look-up tables in the GNTT. */ | |
c906108c | 894 | |
8af51c36 | 895 | addr = gntt_bits; |
c906108c | 896 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
897 | qPD = (quick_procedure_entry_ptr) addr; |
898 | addr += pxdb_header_p->pd_entries * sizeof (quick_procedure_entry); | |
899 | ||
900 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
901 | if (dumping) | |
c906108c | 902 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
903 | printf ("\n Printing routines as we see them\n"); |
904 | for (i = 0; VALID_PROC (i); i++) | |
905 | { | |
906 | idx = (long) qPD[i].sbProc; | |
907 | printf ("%s %x..%x\n", &vt_bits[idx], | |
908 | (int) PROC_START (i), | |
909 | (int) PROC_END (i)); | |
910 | } | |
911 | } | |
912 | #endif | |
c906108c | 913 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
914 | qFD = (quick_file_entry_ptr) addr; |
915 | addr += pxdb_header_p->fd_entries * sizeof (quick_file_entry); | |
c906108c | 916 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
917 | #ifdef DUMPING |
918 | if (dumping) | |
919 | { | |
920 | printf ("\n Printing files as we see them\n"); | |
921 | for (i = 0; VALID_FILE (i); i++) | |
922 | { | |
923 | idx = (long) qFD[i].sbFile; | |
924 | printf ("%s %x..%x\n", &vt_bits[idx], | |
925 | (int) FILE_START (i), | |
926 | (int) FILE_END (i)); | |
927 | } | |
c906108c | 928 | } |
8af51c36 | 929 | #endif |
c906108c | 930 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
931 | qMD = (quick_module_entry_ptr) addr; |
932 | addr += pxdb_header_p->md_entries * sizeof (quick_module_entry); | |
c906108c | 933 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
934 | #ifdef DUMPING |
935 | if (dumping) | |
c906108c | 936 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
937 | printf ("\n Printing modules as we see them\n"); |
938 | for (i = 0; i < pxdb_header_p->md_entries; i++) | |
939 | { | |
940 | idx = (long) qMD[i].sbMod; | |
941 | printf ("%s\n", &vt_bits[idx]); | |
942 | } | |
c906108c | 943 | } |
8af51c36 | 944 | #endif |
c906108c | 945 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
946 | qCD = (quick_class_entry_ptr) addr; |
947 | addr += pxdb_header_p->cd_entries * sizeof (quick_class_entry); | |
c906108c | 948 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
949 | #ifdef DUMPING |
950 | if (dumping) | |
c906108c | 951 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
952 | printf ("\n Printing classes as we see them\n"); |
953 | for (i = 0; VALID_CLASS (i); i++) | |
954 | { | |
955 | idx = (long) qCD[i].sbClass; | |
956 | printf ("%s\n", &vt_bits[idx]); | |
957 | } | |
c906108c | 958 | |
8af51c36 | 959 | printf ("\n Done with dump, on to build!\n"); |
c906108c | 960 | } |
8af51c36 | 961 | #endif |
c906108c | 962 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
963 | /* We need this index only while hp-symtab-read.c expects |
964 | a byte offset to the end of the LNTT entries for a given | |
965 | psymtab. Thus the need for it should go away someday. | |
966 | ||
967 | When it goes away, then we won't have any need to load the | |
968 | LNTT from the objfile at psymtab-time, and start-up will be | |
969 | faster. To make that work, we'll need some way to create | |
970 | a null pst for the "globals" pseudo-module. */ | |
971 | max_LNTT_sym_index = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile); | |
972 | ||
973 | /* Scan the module descriptors and make a psymtab for each. | |
974 | ||
975 | We know the MDs, FDs and the PDs are in order by starting | |
976 | address. We use that fact to traverse all three arrays in | |
977 | parallel, knowing when the next PD is in a new file | |
978 | and we need to create a new psymtab. */ | |
979 | curr_pd = 0; /* Current procedure entry */ | |
980 | curr_fd = 0; /* Current file entry */ | |
981 | curr_md = 0; /* Current module entry */ | |
982 | ||
983 | start_adr = 0; /* Current psymtab code range */ | |
984 | end_adr = 0; | |
985 | ||
986 | start_sym = 0; /* Current psymtab symbol range */ | |
987 | end_sym = 0; | |
988 | ||
989 | syms_in_pst = 0; /* Symbol count for psymtab */ | |
990 | ||
991 | /* Psts actually just have pointers into the objfile's | |
992 | symbol table, not their own symbol tables. */ | |
993 | global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.list; | |
994 | static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.list; | |
995 | ||
996 | ||
997 | /* First skip over pseudo-entries with address 0. These represent inlined | |
998 | routines and abstract (uninstantiated) template routines. | |
999 | FIXME: These should be read in and available -- even if we can't set | |
1000 | breakpoints, etc., there's some information that can be presented | |
1001 | to the user. pai/1997-10-08 */ | |
1002 | ||
1003 | while (VALID_CURR_PROC && (CURR_PROC_START == 0)) | |
1004 | curr_pd++; | |
1005 | ||
1006 | /* Loop over files, modules, and procedures in code address order. Each | |
1007 | time we enter an iteration of this loop, curr_pd points to the first | |
1008 | unprocessed procedure, curr_fd points to the first unprocessed file, and | |
1009 | curr_md to the first unprocessed module. Each iteration of this loop | |
1010 | updates these as required -- any or all of them may be bumpd up | |
1011 | each time around. When we exit this loop, we are done with all files | |
1012 | and modules in the tables -- there may still be some procedures, however. | |
1013 | ||
1014 | Note: This code used to loop only over module entries, under the assumption | |
1015 | that files can occur via inclusions and are thus unreliable, while a | |
1016 | compiled object always corresponds to a module. With CTTI in the HP aCC | |
1017 | compiler, it turns out that compiled objects may have only files and no | |
1018 | modules; so we have to loop over files and modules, creating psymtabs for | |
1019 | either as appropriate. Unfortunately there are some problems (notably: | |
1020 | 1. the lack of "SRC_FILE_END" entries in the LNTT, 2. the lack of pointers | |
1021 | to the ending symbol indices of a module or a file) which make it quite hard | |
1022 | to do this correctly. Currently it uses a bunch of heuristics to start and | |
1023 | end psymtabs; they seem to work well with most objects generated by aCC, but | |
1024 | who knows when that will change... */ | |
1025 | ||
1026 | while (VALID_CURR_FILE || VALID_CURR_MODULE) | |
1027 | { | |
c906108c | 1028 | |
65e82032 | 1029 | char *mod_name_string = NULL; |
8af51c36 | 1030 | char *full_name_string; |
c906108c | 1031 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1032 | /* First check for modules like "version.c", which have no code |
1033 | in them but still have qMD entries. They also have no qFD or | |
1034 | qPD entries. Their start address is -1 and their end address | |
1035 | is 0. */ | |
1036 | if (VALID_CURR_MODULE && (CURR_MODULE_START == -1) && (CURR_MODULE_END == 0)) | |
1037 | { | |
c906108c | 1038 | |
8af51c36 | 1039 | mod_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qMD[curr_md].sbMod]; |
c906108c | 1040 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1041 | #ifdef DUMPING |
1042 | if (dumping) | |
1043 | printf ("Module with data only %s\n", mod_name_string); | |
1044 | #endif | |
1045 | ||
1046 | /* We'll skip the rest (it makes error-checking easier), and | |
1047 | just make an empty pst. Right now empty psts are not put | |
1048 | in the pst chain, so all this is for naught, but later it | |
1049 | might help. */ | |
1050 | ||
1051 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, | |
1052 | mod_name_string, | |
1053 | CURR_MODULE_START, /* Low text address: bogus! */ | |
1054 | (CURR_MODULE_ISYM * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
1055 | /* ldsymoff */ | |
1056 | global_syms, | |
1057 | static_syms); | |
1058 | ||
1059 | pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst, | |
1060 | NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */ | |
1061 | 0, /* includes_used */ | |
1062 | end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), | |
1063 | /* byte index in LNTT of end | |
1064 | = capping symbol offset | |
1065 | = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */ | |
1066 | 0, /* text high */ | |
1067 | NULL, /* dependency_list */ | |
1068 | 0); /* dependencies_used */ | |
1069 | ||
1070 | global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next; | |
1071 | static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next; | |
1072 | ||
1073 | curr_md++; | |
1074 | } | |
1075 | else if (VALID_CURR_MODULE && | |
1076 | ((CURR_MODULE_START == 0) || (CURR_MODULE_START == -1) || | |
1077 | (CURR_MODULE_END == 0) || (CURR_MODULE_END == -1))) | |
c906108c | 1078 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
1079 | TELL_OBJFILE; |
1080 | warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%s] has non-standard addresses. It starts at 0x%s, ends at 0x%s, and will be skipped.", | |
1081 | mod_name_string, paddr_nz (curr_md), paddr_nz (start_adr), paddr_nz (end_adr)); | |
1082 | /* On to next module */ | |
1083 | curr_md++; | |
c906108c | 1084 | } |
8af51c36 EZ |
1085 | else |
1086 | { | |
1087 | /* First check if we are looking at a file with code in it | |
1088 | that does not overlap the current module's code range */ | |
c906108c | 1089 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1090 | if (VALID_CURR_FILE ? (VALID_CURR_MODULE ? (CURR_FILE_END < CURR_MODULE_START) : 1) : 0) |
1091 | { | |
c906108c | 1092 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1093 | /* Looking at file not corresponding to any module, |
1094 | create a psymtab for it */ | |
1095 | full_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile]; | |
1096 | start_adr = CURR_FILE_START; | |
1097 | end_adr = CURR_FILE_END; | |
1098 | start_sym = CURR_FILE_ISYM; | |
c906108c | 1099 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1100 | /* Check if there are any procedures not handled until now, that |
1101 | begin before the start address of this file, and if so, adjust | |
1102 | this module's start address to include them. This handles routines that | |
1103 | are in between file or module ranges for some reason (probably | |
1104 | indicates a compiler bug */ | |
c906108c | 1105 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1106 | if (CURR_PROC_START < start_adr) |
1107 | { | |
1108 | TELL_OBJFILE; | |
1109 | warning ("Found procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] that is not in any file or module.", | |
1110 | &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], curr_pd); | |
1111 | start_adr = CURR_PROC_START; | |
1112 | if (CURR_PROC_ISYM < start_sym) | |
1113 | start_sym = CURR_PROC_ISYM; | |
1114 | } | |
c906108c | 1115 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1116 | /* Sometimes (compiler bug -- COBOL) the module end address is higher |
1117 | than the start address of the next module, so check for that and | |
1118 | adjust accordingly */ | |
c906108c | 1119 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1120 | if (VALID_FILE (curr_fd + 1) && (FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) <= end_adr)) |
1121 | { | |
1122 | TELL_OBJFILE; | |
1123 | warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next file; adjusting ending address down.", | |
1124 | full_name_string, curr_fd); | |
1125 | end_adr = FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */ | |
1126 | } | |
1127 | if (VALID_MODULE (curr_md) && (CURR_MODULE_START <= end_adr)) | |
1128 | { | |
1129 | TELL_OBJFILE; | |
1130 | warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next module; adjusting ending address down.", | |
1131 | full_name_string, curr_fd); | |
1132 | end_adr = CURR_MODULE_START - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */ | |
1133 | } | |
c906108c | 1134 | |
c906108c | 1135 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1136 | #ifdef DUMPING |
1137 | if (dumping) | |
1138 | { | |
1139 | printf ("Make new psymtab for file %s (%x to %x).\n", | |
1140 | full_name_string, start_adr, end_adr); | |
1141 | } | |
1142 | #endif | |
1143 | /* Create the basic psymtab, connecting it in the list | |
1144 | for this objfile and pointing its symbol entries | |
1145 | to the current end of the symbol areas in the objfile. | |
1146 | ||
1147 | The "ldsymoff" parameter is the byte offset in the LNTT | |
1148 | of the first symbol in this file. Some day we should | |
1149 | turn this into an index (fix in hp-symtab-read.c as well). | |
1150 | And it's not even the right byte offset, as we're using | |
1151 | the size of a union! FIXME! */ | |
1152 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, | |
1153 | full_name_string, | |
1154 | start_adr, /* Low text address */ | |
1155 | (start_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
1156 | /* ldsymoff */ | |
1157 | global_syms, | |
1158 | static_syms); | |
1159 | ||
1160 | /* Set up to only enter each class referenced in this module once. */ | |
1161 | class_entered = xmalloc (B_BYTES (pxdb_header_p->cd_entries)); | |
1162 | B_CLRALL (class_entered, pxdb_header_p->cd_entries); | |
1163 | ||
1164 | /* Scan the procedure descriptors for procedures in the current | |
1165 | file, based on the starting addresses. */ | |
1166 | ||
1167 | syms_in_pst = scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries, | |
1168 | start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile); | |
1169 | ||
1170 | /* Get ending symbol offset */ | |
1171 | ||
1172 | end_sym = 0; | |
1173 | /* First check for starting index before previous psymtab */ | |
1174 | if (pst_syms_count && start_sym < pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end) | |
1175 | { | |
1176 | end_sym = find_next_pst_start (start_sym); | |
1177 | } | |
1178 | /* Look for next start index of a file or module, or procedure */ | |
1179 | if (!end_sym) | |
1180 | { | |
1181 | int next_file_isym = find_next_file_isym (start_sym, qFD, curr_fd + 1, pxdb_header_p); | |
1182 | int next_module_isym = find_next_module_isym (start_sym, qMD, curr_md, pxdb_header_p); | |
1183 | int next_proc_isym = find_next_proc_isym (start_sym, qPD, curr_pd, pxdb_header_p); | |
1184 | ||
1185 | if (next_file_isym && next_module_isym) | |
1186 | { | |
1187 | /* pick lower of next file or module start index */ | |
1188 | end_sym = min (next_file_isym, next_module_isym); | |
1189 | } | |
1190 | else | |
1191 | { | |
1192 | /* one of them is zero, pick the other */ | |
1193 | end_sym = max (next_file_isym, next_module_isym); | |
1194 | } | |
1195 | ||
1196 | /* As a precaution, check next procedure index too */ | |
1197 | if (!end_sym) | |
1198 | end_sym = next_proc_isym; | |
1199 | else | |
1200 | end_sym = min (end_sym, next_proc_isym); | |
1201 | } | |
c906108c | 1202 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1203 | /* Couldn't find procedure, file, or module, use globals as default */ |
1204 | if (!end_sym) | |
1205 | end_sym = pxdb_header_p->globals; | |
c906108c | 1206 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1207 | #ifdef DUMPING |
1208 | if (dumping) | |
1209 | { | |
1210 | printf ("File psymtab indices: %x to %x\n", start_sym, end_sym); | |
1211 | } | |
1212 | #endif | |
c906108c | 1213 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1214 | pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst, |
1215 | NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */ | |
1216 | 0, /* includes_used */ | |
1217 | end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), | |
1218 | /* byte index in LNTT of end | |
1219 | = capping symbol offset | |
1220 | = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */ | |
1221 | end_adr, /* text high */ | |
1222 | NULL, /* dependency_list */ | |
1223 | 0); /* dependencies_used */ | |
c906108c | 1224 | |
8af51c36 | 1225 | record_pst_syms (start_sym, end_sym); |
c906108c | 1226 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1227 | if (NULL == pst) |
1228 | warning ("No symbols in psymtab for file \"%s\" [0x%x].", full_name_string, curr_fd); | |
c906108c | 1229 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1230 | #ifdef DUMPING |
1231 | if (dumping) | |
1232 | { | |
1233 | printf ("Made new psymtab for file %s (%x to %x), sym %x to %x.\n", | |
1234 | full_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, CURR_FILE_ISYM, end_sym); | |
1235 | } | |
1236 | #endif | |
1237 | /* Prepare for the next psymtab. */ | |
1238 | global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next; | |
1239 | static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next; | |
1240 | xfree (class_entered); | |
c906108c | 1241 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1242 | curr_fd++; |
1243 | } /* Psymtab for file */ | |
1244 | else | |
1245 | { | |
1246 | /* We have a module for which we create a psymtab */ | |
c906108c | 1247 | |
8af51c36 | 1248 | mod_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qMD[curr_md].sbMod]; |
c906108c | 1249 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1250 | /* We will include the code ranges of any files that happen to |
1251 | overlap with this module */ | |
c906108c | 1252 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1253 | /* So, first pick the lower of the file's and module's start addresses */ |
1254 | start_adr = CURR_MODULE_START; | |
1255 | if (VALID_CURR_FILE) | |
1256 | { | |
1257 | if (CURR_FILE_START < CURR_MODULE_START) | |
1258 | { | |
1259 | TELL_OBJFILE; | |
1260 | warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] crosses beginning of module \"%s\".", | |
1261 | &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile], | |
1262 | curr_fd, mod_name_string); | |
1263 | ||
1264 | start_adr = CURR_FILE_START; | |
1265 | } | |
1266 | } | |
c906108c | 1267 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1268 | /* Also pick the lower of the file's and the module's start symbol indices */ |
1269 | start_sym = CURR_MODULE_ISYM; | |
1270 | if (VALID_CURR_FILE && (CURR_FILE_ISYM < CURR_MODULE_ISYM)) | |
1271 | start_sym = CURR_FILE_ISYM; | |
c906108c | 1272 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1273 | /* For the end address, we scan through the files till we find one |
1274 | that overlaps the current module but ends beyond it; if no such file exists we | |
1275 | simply use the module's start address. | |
1276 | (Note, if file entries themselves overlap | |
1277 | we take the longest overlapping extension beyond the end of the module...) | |
1278 | We assume that modules never overlap. */ | |
c906108c | 1279 | |
8af51c36 | 1280 | end_adr = CURR_MODULE_END; |
c906108c | 1281 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1282 | if (VALID_CURR_FILE) |
1283 | { | |
1284 | while (VALID_CURR_FILE && (CURR_FILE_START < end_adr)) | |
1285 | { | |
c906108c | 1286 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1287 | #ifdef DUMPING |
1288 | if (dumping) | |
1289 | printf ("Maybe skipping file %s which overlaps with module %s\n", | |
1290 | &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile], mod_name_string); | |
1291 | #endif | |
1292 | if (CURR_FILE_END > end_adr) | |
1293 | { | |
1294 | TELL_OBJFILE; | |
1295 | warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] crosses end of module \"%s\".", | |
1296 | &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile], | |
1297 | curr_fd, mod_name_string); | |
1298 | end_adr = CURR_FILE_END; | |
1299 | } | |
1300 | curr_fd++; | |
1301 | } | |
1302 | curr_fd--; /* back up after going too far */ | |
1303 | } | |
1304 | ||
1305 | /* Sometimes (compiler bug -- COBOL) the module end address is higher | |
1306 | than the start address of the next module, so check for that and | |
1307 | adjust accordingly */ | |
1308 | ||
1309 | if (VALID_MODULE (curr_md + 1) && (MODULE_START (curr_md + 1) <= end_adr)) | |
1310 | { | |
1311 | TELL_OBJFILE; | |
1312 | warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next module; adjusting ending address down.", | |
1313 | mod_name_string, curr_md); | |
1314 | end_adr = MODULE_START (curr_md + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */ | |
1315 | } | |
1316 | if (VALID_FILE (curr_fd + 1) && (FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) <= end_adr)) | |
1317 | { | |
1318 | TELL_OBJFILE; | |
1319 | warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next file; adjusting ending address down.", | |
1320 | mod_name_string, curr_md); | |
1321 | end_adr = FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */ | |
1322 | } | |
1323 | ||
1324 | /* Use one file to get the full name for the module. This | |
1325 | situation can arise if there is executable code in a #include | |
1326 | file. Each file with code in it gets a qFD. Files which don't | |
1327 | contribute code don't get a qFD, even if they include files | |
1328 | which do, e.g.: | |
1329 | ||
1330 | body.c: rtn.h: | |
1331 | int x; int main() { | |
1332 | #include "rtn.h" return x; | |
1333 | } | |
1334 | ||
1335 | There will a qFD for "rtn.h",and a qMD for "body.c", | |
1336 | but no qMD for "rtn.h" or qFD for "body.c"! | |
1337 | ||
1338 | We pick the name of the last file to overlap with this | |
1339 | module. C convention is to put include files first. In a | |
1340 | perfect world, we could check names and use the file whose full | |
1341 | path name ends with the module name. */ | |
1342 | ||
1343 | if (VALID_CURR_FILE) | |
1344 | full_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile]; | |
1345 | else | |
1346 | full_name_string = mod_name_string; | |
1347 | ||
1348 | /* Check if there are any procedures not handled until now, that | |
1349 | begin before the start address we have now, and if so, adjust | |
1350 | this psymtab's start address to include them. This handles routines that | |
1351 | are in between file or module ranges for some reason (probably | |
1352 | indicates a compiler bug */ | |
1353 | ||
1354 | if (CURR_PROC_START < start_adr) | |
1355 | { | |
1356 | TELL_OBJFILE; | |
1357 | warning ("Found procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] that is not in any file or module.", | |
1358 | &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], curr_pd); | |
1359 | start_adr = CURR_PROC_START; | |
1360 | if (CURR_PROC_ISYM < start_sym) | |
1361 | start_sym = CURR_PROC_ISYM; | |
1362 | } | |
1363 | ||
1364 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
1365 | if (dumping) | |
1366 | { | |
1367 | printf ("Make new psymtab for module %s (%x to %x), using file %s\n", | |
1368 | mod_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, full_name_string); | |
1369 | } | |
1370 | #endif | |
1371 | /* Create the basic psymtab, connecting it in the list | |
1372 | for this objfile and pointing its symbol entries | |
1373 | to the current end of the symbol areas in the objfile. | |
1374 | ||
1375 | The "ldsymoff" parameter is the byte offset in the LNTT | |
1376 | of the first symbol in this file. Some day we should | |
1377 | turn this into an index (fix in hp-symtab-read.c as well). | |
1378 | And it's not even the right byte offset, as we're using | |
1379 | the size of a union! FIXME! */ | |
1380 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, | |
1381 | full_name_string, | |
1382 | start_adr, /* Low text address */ | |
1383 | (start_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
1384 | /* ldsymoff */ | |
1385 | global_syms, | |
1386 | static_syms); | |
1387 | ||
1388 | /* Set up to only enter each class referenced in this module once. */ | |
1389 | class_entered = xmalloc (B_BYTES (pxdb_header_p->cd_entries)); | |
1390 | B_CLRALL (class_entered, pxdb_header_p->cd_entries); | |
1391 | ||
1392 | /* Scan the procedure descriptors for procedures in the current | |
1393 | module, based on the starting addresses. */ | |
1394 | ||
1395 | syms_in_pst = scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries, | |
1396 | start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile); | |
1397 | ||
1398 | /* Get ending symbol offset */ | |
1399 | ||
1400 | end_sym = 0; | |
1401 | /* First check for starting index before previous psymtab */ | |
1402 | if (pst_syms_count && start_sym < pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end) | |
1403 | { | |
1404 | end_sym = find_next_pst_start (start_sym); | |
1405 | } | |
1406 | /* Look for next start index of a file or module, or procedure */ | |
1407 | if (!end_sym) | |
1408 | { | |
1409 | int next_file_isym = find_next_file_isym (start_sym, qFD, curr_fd + 1, pxdb_header_p); | |
1410 | int next_module_isym = find_next_module_isym (start_sym, qMD, curr_md + 1, pxdb_header_p); | |
1411 | int next_proc_isym = find_next_proc_isym (start_sym, qPD, curr_pd, pxdb_header_p); | |
1412 | ||
1413 | if (next_file_isym && next_module_isym) | |
1414 | { | |
1415 | /* pick lower of next file or module start index */ | |
1416 | end_sym = min (next_file_isym, next_module_isym); | |
1417 | } | |
1418 | else | |
1419 | { | |
1420 | /* one of them is zero, pick the other */ | |
1421 | end_sym = max (next_file_isym, next_module_isym); | |
1422 | } | |
1423 | ||
1424 | /* As a precaution, check next procedure index too */ | |
1425 | if (!end_sym) | |
1426 | end_sym = next_proc_isym; | |
1427 | else | |
1428 | end_sym = min (end_sym, next_proc_isym); | |
1429 | } | |
1430 | ||
1431 | /* Couldn't find procedure, file, or module, use globals as default */ | |
1432 | if (!end_sym) | |
1433 | end_sym = pxdb_header_p->globals; | |
1434 | ||
1435 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
1436 | if (dumping) | |
1437 | { | |
1438 | printf ("Module psymtab indices: %x to %x\n", start_sym, end_sym); | |
1439 | } | |
1440 | #endif | |
1441 | ||
1442 | pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst, | |
1443 | NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */ | |
1444 | 0, /* includes_used */ | |
1445 | end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), | |
1446 | /* byte index in LNTT of end | |
1447 | = capping symbol offset | |
1448 | = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */ | |
1449 | end_adr, /* text high */ | |
1450 | NULL, /* dependency_list */ | |
1451 | 0); /* dependencies_used */ | |
1452 | ||
1453 | record_pst_syms (start_sym, end_sym); | |
1454 | ||
1455 | if (NULL == pst) | |
1456 | warning ("No symbols in psymtab for module \"%s\" [0x%x].", mod_name_string, curr_md); | |
1457 | ||
1458 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
1459 | if (dumping) | |
1460 | { | |
1461 | printf ("Made new psymtab for module %s (%x to %x), sym %x to %x.\n", | |
1462 | mod_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, CURR_MODULE_ISYM, end_sym); | |
1463 | } | |
1464 | #endif | |
1465 | ||
1466 | /* Prepare for the next psymtab. */ | |
1467 | global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next; | |
1468 | static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next; | |
1469 | xfree (class_entered); | |
1470 | ||
1471 | curr_md++; | |
1472 | curr_fd++; | |
1473 | } /* psymtab for module */ | |
1474 | } /* psymtab for non-bogus file or module */ | |
1475 | } /* End of while loop over all files & modules */ | |
1476 | ||
1477 | /* There may be some routines after all files and modules -- these will get | |
1478 | inserted in a separate new module of their own */ | |
1479 | if (VALID_CURR_PROC) | |
c906108c | 1480 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
1481 | start_adr = CURR_PROC_START; |
1482 | end_adr = qPD[pxdb_header_p->pd_entries - 1].adrEnd; | |
1483 | TELL_OBJFILE; | |
1484 | warning ("Found functions beyond end of all files and modules [0x%x].", curr_pd); | |
1485 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
1486 | if (dumping) | |
c906108c | 1487 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
1488 | printf ("Orphan functions at end, PD %d and beyond (%x to %x)\n", |
1489 | curr_pd, start_adr, end_adr); | |
c906108c | 1490 | } |
8af51c36 EZ |
1491 | #endif |
1492 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, | |
1493 | "orphans", | |
1494 | start_adr, /* Low text address */ | |
1495 | (CURR_PROC_ISYM * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
1496 | /* ldsymoff */ | |
1497 | global_syms, | |
1498 | static_syms); | |
1499 | ||
1500 | scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries, | |
1501 | start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile); | |
1502 | ||
1503 | pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst, | |
1504 | NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */ | |
1505 | 0, /* includes_used */ | |
1506 | pxdb_header_p->globals * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), | |
1507 | /* byte index in LNTT of end | |
1508 | = capping symbol offset | |
1509 | = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */ | |
1510 | end_adr, /* text high */ | |
1511 | NULL, /* dependency_list */ | |
1512 | 0); /* dependencies_used */ | |
c906108c | 1513 | } |
c906108c | 1514 | |
c906108c | 1515 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1516 | #ifdef NEVER_NEVER |
1517 | /* Now build psts for non-module things (in the tail of | |
1518 | the LNTT, after the last END MODULE entry). | |
1519 | ||
1520 | If null psts were kept on the chain, this would be | |
1521 | a solution. FIXME */ | |
1522 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, | |
1523 | "globals", | |
1524 | 0, | |
1525 | (pxdb_header_p->globals | |
1526 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
1527 | objfile->global_psymbols.next, | |
1528 | objfile->static_psymbols.next); | |
1529 | hpread_end_psymtab (pst, | |
1530 | NULL, 0, | |
1531 | (max_LNTT_sym_index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
1532 | 0, | |
1533 | NULL, 0); | |
1534 | #endif | |
c906108c | 1535 | |
8af51c36 | 1536 | clear_pst_syms (); |
c906108c | 1537 | |
8af51c36 | 1538 | return 1; |
c906108c | 1539 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1540 | } /* End of hpread_quick_traverse. */ |
1541 | \f | |
c906108c | 1542 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1543 | /* Get appropriate header, based on pxdb type. |
1544 | Return value: 1 if ok, 0 if not */ | |
1545 | int | |
1546 | hpread_get_header (struct objfile *objfile, PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p) | |
c906108c | 1547 | { |
8af51c36 | 1548 | asection *pinfo_section, *debug_section, *header_section; |
c906108c | 1549 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1550 | #ifdef DUMPING |
1551 | /* Turn on for debugging information */ | |
1552 | static int dumping = 0; | |
1553 | #endif | |
c906108c | 1554 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
1555 | header_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$HEADER$"); |
1556 | if (!header_section) | |
1557 | { | |
1558 | /* We don't have either PINFO or DEBUG sections. But | |
1559 | stuff like "libc.sl" has no debug info. There's no | |
1560 | need to warn the user of this, as it may be ok. The | |
1561 | caller will figure it out and issue any needed | |
1562 | messages. */ | |
1563 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
1564 | if (dumping) | |
1565 | printf ("==No debug info at all for %s.\n", objfile->name); | |
1566 | #endif | |
1567 | ||
1568 | return 0; | |
1569 | } | |
1570 | ||
1571 | /* We would like either a $DEBUG$ or $PINFO$ section. | |
1572 | Once we know which, we can understand the header | |
1573 | data (which we have defined to suit the more common | |
1574 | $DEBUG$ case). */ | |
1575 | debug_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$DEBUG$"); | |
1576 | pinfo_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$PINFO$"); | |
1577 | if (debug_section) | |
1578 | { | |
1579 | /* The expected case: normal pxdb header. */ | |
1580 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, header_section, | |
1581 | pxdb_header_p, 0, sizeof (PXDB_header)); | |
1582 | ||
1583 | if (!pxdb_header_p->pxdbed) | |
1584 | { | |
1585 | /* This shouldn't happen if we check in "symfile.c". */ | |
1586 | return 0; | |
1587 | } /* DEBUG section */ | |
1588 | } | |
1589 | ||
1590 | else if (pinfo_section) | |
1591 | { | |
1592 | /* The DOC case; we need to translate this into a | |
1593 | regular header. */ | |
1594 | DOC_info_PXDB_header doc_header; | |
1595 | ||
1596 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
1597 | if (dumping) | |
1598 | { | |
1599 | printf ("==OOps, PINFO, let's try to handle this, %s.\n", objfile->name); | |
1600 | } | |
1601 | #endif | |
1602 | ||
1603 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, | |
1604 | header_section, | |
1605 | &doc_header, 0, | |
1606 | sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header)); | |
1607 | ||
1608 | if (!doc_header.pxdbed) | |
1609 | { | |
1610 | /* This shouldn't happen if we check in "symfile.c". */ | |
1611 | warning ("File \"%s\" not processed by pxdb!", objfile->name); | |
1612 | return 0; | |
1613 | } | |
1614 | ||
1615 | /* Copy relevent fields to standard header passed in. */ | |
1616 | pxdb_header_p->pd_entries = doc_header.pd_entries; | |
1617 | pxdb_header_p->fd_entries = doc_header.fd_entries; | |
1618 | pxdb_header_p->md_entries = doc_header.md_entries; | |
1619 | pxdb_header_p->pxdbed = doc_header.pxdbed; | |
1620 | pxdb_header_p->bighdr = doc_header.bighdr; | |
1621 | pxdb_header_p->sa_header = doc_header.sa_header; | |
1622 | pxdb_header_p->inlined = doc_header.inlined; | |
1623 | pxdb_header_p->globals = doc_header.globals; | |
1624 | pxdb_header_p->time = doc_header.time; | |
1625 | pxdb_header_p->pg_entries = doc_header.pg_entries; | |
1626 | pxdb_header_p->functions = doc_header.functions; | |
1627 | pxdb_header_p->files = doc_header.files; | |
1628 | pxdb_header_p->cd_entries = doc_header.cd_entries; | |
1629 | pxdb_header_p->aa_entries = doc_header.aa_entries; | |
1630 | pxdb_header_p->oi_entries = doc_header.oi_entries; | |
1631 | pxdb_header_p->version = doc_header.version; | |
1632 | } /* PINFO section */ | |
1633 | ||
1634 | else | |
1635 | { | |
1636 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
1637 | if (dumping) | |
1638 | printf ("==No debug info at all for %s.\n", objfile->name); | |
1639 | #endif | |
1640 | ||
1641 | return 0; | |
1642 | ||
1643 | } | |
1644 | ||
1645 | return 1; | |
1646 | } /* End of hpread_get_header */ | |
1647 | #endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */ | |
1648 | \f | |
1649 | ||
1650 | /* Initialization for reading native HP C debug symbols from OBJFILE. | |
1651 | ||
1652 | Its only purpose in life is to set up the symbol reader's private | |
1653 | per-objfile data structures, and read in the raw contents of the debug | |
1654 | sections (attaching pointers to the debug info into the private data | |
1655 | structures). | |
1656 | ||
1657 | Since BFD doesn't know how to read debug symbols in a format-independent | |
1658 | way (and may never do so...), we have to do it ourselves. Note we may | |
1659 | be called on a file without native HP C debugging symbols. | |
1660 | ||
1661 | FIXME, there should be a cleaner peephole into the BFD environment | |
1662 | here. */ | |
1663 | void | |
1664 | hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *objfile) | |
1665 | { | |
1666 | asection *vt_section, *slt_section, *lntt_section, *gntt_section; | |
1667 | ||
1668 | /* Allocate struct to keep track of the symfile */ | |
4efb68b1 | 1669 | objfile->sym_private = |
8af51c36 EZ |
1670 | xmmalloc (objfile->md, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info)); |
1671 | memset (objfile->sym_private, 0, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info)); | |
1672 | ||
1673 | /* We haven't read in any types yet. */ | |
9a6f53fe | 1674 | DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = 0; |
8af51c36 EZ |
1675 | |
1676 | /* Read in data from the $GNTT$ subspace. */ | |
1677 | gntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$GNTT$"); | |
1678 | if (!gntt_section) | |
1679 | return; | |
1680 | ||
1681 | GNTT (objfile) | |
1682 | = obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack, | |
1683 | bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section)); | |
1684 | ||
1685 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, gntt_section, GNTT (objfile), | |
1686 | 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section)); | |
1687 | ||
1688 | GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile) | |
1689 | = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section) | |
1690 | / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block); | |
1691 | ||
1692 | /* Read in data from the $LNTT$ subspace. Also keep track of the number | |
1693 | of LNTT symbols. | |
1694 | ||
1695 | FIXME: this could be moved into the psymtab-to-symtab expansion | |
1696 | code, and save startup time. At the moment this data is | |
1697 | still used, though. We'd need a way to tell hp-symtab-read.c | |
1698 | whether or not to load the LNTT. */ | |
1699 | lntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$LNTT$"); | |
1700 | if (!lntt_section) | |
1701 | return; | |
1702 | ||
1703 | LNTT (objfile) | |
1704 | = obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack, | |
1705 | bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section)); | |
1706 | ||
1707 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, lntt_section, LNTT (objfile), | |
1708 | 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section)); | |
1709 | ||
1710 | LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile) | |
1711 | = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section) | |
1712 | / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block); | |
1713 | ||
1714 | /* Read in data from the $SLT$ subspace. $SLT$ contains information | |
1715 | on source line numbers. */ | |
1716 | slt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$SLT$"); | |
1717 | if (!slt_section) | |
1718 | return; | |
1719 | ||
1720 | SLT (objfile) = | |
1721 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack, | |
1722 | bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section)); | |
1723 | ||
1724 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, slt_section, SLT (objfile), | |
1725 | 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section)); | |
1726 | ||
1727 | /* Read in data from the $VT$ subspace. $VT$ contains things like | |
1728 | names and constants. Keep track of the number of symbols in the VT. */ | |
1729 | vt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$VT$"); | |
1730 | if (!vt_section) | |
1731 | return; | |
1732 | ||
1733 | VT_SIZE (objfile) = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, vt_section); | |
1734 | ||
1735 | VT (objfile) = | |
1736 | (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack, | |
1737 | VT_SIZE (objfile)); | |
1738 | ||
1739 | bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, vt_section, VT (objfile), | |
1740 | 0, VT_SIZE (objfile)); | |
1741 | } | |
1742 | ||
1743 | /* Scan and build partial symbols for a symbol file. | |
1744 | ||
1745 | The minimal symbol table (either SOM or HP a.out) has already been | |
1746 | read in; all we need to do is setup partial symbols based on the | |
1747 | native debugging information. | |
1748 | ||
1749 | Note that the minimal table is produced by the linker, and has | |
1750 | only global routines in it; the psymtab is based on compiler- | |
1751 | generated debug information and has non-global | |
1752 | routines in it as well as files and class information. | |
1753 | ||
1754 | We assume hpread_symfile_init has been called to initialize the | |
1755 | symbol reader's private data structures. | |
1756 | ||
1757 | MAINLINE is true if we are reading the main symbol table (as | |
1758 | opposed to a shared lib or dynamically loaded file). */ | |
1759 | ||
1760 | void | |
1761 | hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile, int mainline) | |
1762 | { | |
1763 | ||
1764 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
1765 | /* Turn this on to get debugging output. */ | |
1766 | static int dumping = 0; | |
1767 | #endif | |
1768 | ||
1769 | char *namestring; | |
1770 | int past_first_source_file = 0; | |
1771 | struct cleanup *old_chain; | |
1772 | ||
1773 | int hp_symnum, symcount, i; | |
1774 | int scan_start = 0; | |
1775 | ||
1776 | union dnttentry *dn_bufp; | |
1777 | unsigned long valu; | |
1778 | char *p; | |
1779 | int texthigh = 0; | |
1780 | int have_name = 0; | |
1781 | ||
1782 | /* Current partial symtab */ | |
1783 | struct partial_symtab *pst; | |
1784 | ||
1785 | /* List of current psymtab's include files */ | |
1786 | char **psymtab_include_list; | |
1787 | int includes_allocated; | |
1788 | int includes_used; | |
1789 | ||
1790 | /* Index within current psymtab dependency list */ | |
1791 | struct partial_symtab **dependency_list; | |
1792 | int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated; | |
1793 | ||
1794 | /* Just in case the stabs reader left turds lying around. */ | |
1795 | free_pending_blocks (); | |
1796 | make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0); | |
1797 | ||
1798 | pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0; | |
1799 | ||
1800 | /* We shouldn't use alloca, instead use malloc/free. Doing so avoids | |
1801 | a number of problems with cross compilation and creating useless holes | |
1802 | in the stack when we have to allocate new entries. FIXME. */ | |
1803 | ||
1804 | includes_allocated = 30; | |
1805 | includes_used = 0; | |
1806 | psymtab_include_list = (char **) alloca (includes_allocated * | |
1807 | sizeof (char *)); | |
1808 | ||
1809 | dependencies_allocated = 30; | |
1810 | dependencies_used = 0; | |
1811 | dependency_list = | |
1812 | (struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated * | |
1813 | sizeof (struct partial_symtab *)); | |
1814 | ||
1815 | old_chain = make_cleanup_free_objfile (objfile); | |
1816 | ||
1817 | last_source_file = 0; | |
1818 | ||
1819 | #ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP | |
1820 | { | |
1821 | /* Begin code for new-style loading of quick look-up tables. */ | |
1822 | ||
1823 | /* elz: this checks whether the file has beeen processed by pxdb. | |
1824 | If not we would like to try to read the psymbols in | |
1825 | anyway, but it turns out to be not so easy. So this could | |
1826 | actually be commented out, but I leave it in, just in case | |
1827 | we decide to add support for non-pxdb-ed stuff in the future. */ | |
1828 | PXDB_header pxdb_header; | |
1829 | int found_modules_in_program; | |
1830 | ||
1831 | if (hpread_get_header (objfile, &pxdb_header)) | |
1832 | { | |
1833 | /* Build a minimal table. No types, no global variables, | |
1834 | no include files.... */ | |
1835 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
1836 | if (dumping) | |
1837 | printf ("\nNew method for %s\n", objfile->name); | |
1838 | #endif | |
1839 | ||
1840 | /* elz: quick_traverse returns true if it found | |
1841 | some modules in the main source file, other | |
1842 | than those in end.c | |
1843 | In C and C++, all the files have MODULES entries | |
1844 | in the LNTT, and the quick table traverse is all | |
1845 | based on finding these MODULES entries. Without | |
1846 | those it cannot work. | |
1847 | It happens that F77 programs don't have MODULES | |
1848 | so the quick traverse gets confused. F90 programs | |
1849 | have modules, and the quick method still works. | |
1850 | So, if modules (other than those in end.c) are | |
1851 | not found we give up on the quick table stuff, | |
1852 | and fall back on the slower method */ | |
1853 | found_modules_in_program = hpread_quick_traverse (objfile, | |
1854 | GNTT (objfile), | |
1855 | VT (objfile), | |
1856 | &pxdb_header); | |
1857 | ||
1858 | discard_cleanups (old_chain); | |
1859 | ||
1860 | /* Set up to scan the global section of the LNTT. | |
1861 | ||
1862 | This field is not always correct: if there are | |
1863 | no globals, it will point to the last record in | |
1864 | the regular LNTT, which is usually an END MODULE. | |
1865 | ||
1866 | Since it might happen that there could be a file | |
1867 | with just one global record, there's no way to | |
1868 | tell other than by looking at the record, so that's | |
1869 | done below. */ | |
1870 | if (found_modules_in_program) | |
1871 | scan_start = pxdb_header.globals; | |
1872 | } | |
1873 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
1874 | else | |
1875 | { | |
1876 | if (dumping) | |
1877 | printf ("\nGoing on to old method for %s\n", objfile->name); | |
1878 | } | |
1879 | #endif | |
1880 | } | |
1881 | #endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */ | |
1882 | ||
1883 | /* Make two passes, one over the GNTT symbols, the other for the | |
1884 | LNTT symbols. | |
1885 | ||
1886 | JB comment: above isn't true--they only make one pass, over | |
1887 | the LNTT. */ | |
1888 | for (i = 0; i < 1; i++) | |
1889 | { | |
1890 | int within_function = 0; | |
1891 | ||
1892 | if (i) | |
1893 | symcount = GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile); | |
1894 | else | |
1895 | symcount = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile); | |
1896 | ||
1897 | ||
1898 | for (hp_symnum = scan_start; hp_symnum < symcount; hp_symnum++) | |
1899 | { | |
1900 | QUIT; | |
1901 | if (i) | |
1902 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (hp_symnum, objfile); | |
1903 | else | |
1904 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_symnum, objfile); | |
1905 | ||
1906 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension) | |
1907 | continue; | |
1908 | ||
1909 | /* Only handle things which are necessary for minimal symbols. | |
1910 | everything else is ignored. */ | |
1911 | switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind) | |
1912 | { | |
1913 | case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE: | |
1914 | { | |
1915 | #ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP | |
1916 | if (scan_start == hp_symnum | |
1917 | && symcount == hp_symnum + 1) | |
1918 | { | |
1919 | /* If there are NO globals in an executable, | |
1920 | PXDB's index to the globals will point to | |
1921 | the last record in the file, which | |
1922 | could be this record. (this happened for F77 libraries) | |
1923 | ignore it and be done! */ | |
1924 | continue; | |
1925 | } | |
1926 | #endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */ | |
1927 | ||
1928 | /* A source file of some kind. Note this may simply | |
1929 | be an included file. */ | |
68b8d23e | 1930 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
8af51c36 EZ |
1931 | |
1932 | /* Check if this is the source file we are already working | |
1933 | with. */ | |
1934 | if (pst && !strcmp (namestring, pst->filename)) | |
1935 | continue; | |
1936 | ||
1937 | /* Check if this is an include file, if so check if we have | |
1938 | already seen it. Add it to the include list */ | |
1939 | p = strrchr (namestring, '.'); | |
1940 | if (!strcmp (p, ".h")) | |
1941 | { | |
1942 | int j, found; | |
1943 | ||
1944 | found = 0; | |
1945 | for (j = 0; j < includes_used; j++) | |
1946 | if (!strcmp (namestring, psymtab_include_list[j])) | |
1947 | { | |
1948 | found = 1; | |
1949 | break; | |
1950 | } | |
1951 | if (found) | |
1952 | continue; | |
1953 | ||
1954 | /* Add it to the list of includes seen so far and | |
1955 | allocate more include space if necessary. */ | |
1956 | psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring; | |
1957 | if (includes_used >= includes_allocated) | |
1958 | { | |
1959 | char **orig = psymtab_include_list; | |
1960 | ||
1961 | psymtab_include_list = (char **) | |
1962 | alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) * | |
1963 | sizeof (char *)); | |
4efb68b1 | 1964 | memcpy (psymtab_include_list, orig, |
8af51c36 EZ |
1965 | includes_used * sizeof (char *)); |
1966 | } | |
1967 | continue; | |
1968 | } | |
1969 | ||
1970 | if (pst) | |
1971 | { | |
1972 | if (!have_name) | |
1973 | { | |
1974 | pst->filename = (char *) | |
1975 | obstack_alloc (&pst->objfile->psymbol_obstack, | |
1976 | strlen (namestring) + 1); | |
1977 | strcpy (pst->filename, namestring); | |
1978 | have_name = 1; | |
1979 | continue; | |
1980 | } | |
1981 | continue; | |
1982 | } | |
1983 | ||
1984 | /* This is a bonafide new source file. | |
1985 | End the current partial symtab and start a new one. */ | |
1986 | ||
1987 | if (pst && past_first_source_file) | |
1988 | { | |
1989 | hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, | |
1990 | includes_used, | |
1991 | (hp_symnum | |
1992 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
1993 | texthigh, | |
1994 | dependency_list, dependencies_used); | |
1995 | pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0; | |
1996 | includes_used = 0; | |
1997 | dependencies_used = 0; | |
1998 | } | |
1999 | else | |
2000 | past_first_source_file = 1; | |
2001 | ||
2002 | valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile, symcount); | |
2003 | valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); | |
2004 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, | |
2005 | namestring, valu, | |
2006 | (hp_symnum | |
2007 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
2008 | objfile->global_psymbols.next, | |
2009 | objfile->static_psymbols.next); | |
2010 | texthigh = valu; | |
2011 | have_name = 1; | |
2012 | continue; | |
2013 | } | |
2014 | ||
2015 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: | |
2016 | /* A source file. It's still unclear to me what the | |
2017 | real difference between a DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE and DNTT_TYPE_MODULE | |
2018 | is supposed to be. */ | |
2019 | ||
2020 | /* First end the previous psymtab */ | |
2021 | if (pst) | |
2022 | { | |
2023 | hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used, | |
2024 | ((hp_symnum - 1) | |
2025 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
2026 | texthigh, | |
2027 | dependency_list, dependencies_used); | |
2028 | pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0; | |
2029 | includes_used = 0; | |
2030 | dependencies_used = 0; | |
2031 | have_name = 0; | |
2032 | } | |
2033 | ||
2034 | /* Now begin a new module and a new psymtab for it */ | |
68b8d23e | 2035 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
8af51c36 EZ |
2036 | valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile, symcount); |
2037 | valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); | |
2038 | if (!pst) | |
2039 | { | |
2040 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, | |
2041 | namestring, valu, | |
2042 | (hp_symnum | |
2043 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
2044 | objfile->global_psymbols.next, | |
2045 | objfile->static_psymbols.next); | |
2046 | texthigh = valu; | |
2047 | have_name = 0; | |
2048 | } | |
2049 | continue; | |
2050 | ||
2051 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: | |
2052 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY: | |
2053 | /* The beginning of a function. DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY may also denote | |
2054 | a secondary entry point. */ | |
2055 | valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, | |
2056 | SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); | |
2057 | if (valu > texthigh) | |
2058 | texthigh = valu; | |
2059 | valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr + | |
2060 | ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); | |
68b8d23e | 2061 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
8af51c36 EZ |
2062 | if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global) |
2063 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), | |
2064 | VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK, | |
2065 | &objfile->global_psymbols, valu, | |
2066 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); | |
2067 | else | |
2068 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), | |
2069 | VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK, | |
2070 | &objfile->static_psymbols, valu, | |
2071 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); | |
2072 | within_function = 1; | |
2073 | continue; | |
2074 | ||
2075 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION: | |
2076 | valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, | |
2077 | SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); | |
2078 | if (valu > texthigh) | |
2079 | texthigh = valu; | |
2080 | valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.lowaddr + | |
2081 | ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); | |
68b8d23e | 2082 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
8af51c36 EZ |
2083 | if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.global) |
2084 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), | |
2085 | VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK, | |
2086 | &objfile->global_psymbols, valu, | |
2087 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); | |
2088 | else | |
2089 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), | |
2090 | VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK, | |
2091 | &objfile->static_psymbols, valu, | |
2092 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); | |
2093 | within_function = 1; | |
2094 | continue; | |
2095 | ||
2096 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: | |
2097 | case DNTT_TYPE_END: | |
2098 | /* We don't check MODULE end here, because there can be | |
2099 | symbols beyond the module end which properly belong to the | |
2100 | current psymtab -- so we wait till the next MODULE start */ | |
2101 | ||
2102 | ||
2103 | #ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP | |
2104 | if (scan_start == hp_symnum | |
2105 | && symcount == hp_symnum + 1) | |
2106 | { | |
2107 | /* If there are NO globals in an executable, | |
2108 | PXDB's index to the globals will point to | |
2109 | the last record in the file, which is | |
2110 | probably an END MODULE, i.e. this record. | |
2111 | ignore it and be done! */ | |
2112 | continue; | |
2113 | } | |
2114 | #endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */ | |
2115 | ||
2116 | /* Scope block begin/end. We only care about function | |
2117 | and file blocks right now. */ | |
2118 | ||
2119 | if ((dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) || | |
2120 | (dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION)) | |
2121 | within_function = 0; | |
2122 | continue; | |
2123 | ||
2124 | case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR: | |
2125 | case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR: | |
2126 | case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF: | |
2127 | case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF: | |
2128 | { | |
2129 | /* Variables, typedefs an the like. */ | |
2130 | enum address_class storage; | |
2131 | namespace_enum namespace; | |
2132 | ||
2133 | /* Don't add locals to the partial symbol table. */ | |
2134 | if (within_function | |
2135 | && (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR | |
2136 | || dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR)) | |
2137 | continue; | |
2138 | ||
2139 | /* TAGDEFs go into the structure namespace. */ | |
2140 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF) | |
2141 | namespace = STRUCT_NAMESPACE; | |
2142 | else | |
2143 | namespace = VAR_NAMESPACE; | |
2144 | ||
2145 | /* What kind of "storage" does this use? */ | |
2146 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR) | |
2147 | storage = LOC_STATIC; | |
2148 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR | |
2149 | && dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar) | |
2150 | storage = LOC_REGISTER; | |
2151 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR) | |
2152 | storage = LOC_LOCAL; | |
2153 | else | |
2154 | storage = LOC_UNDEF; | |
2155 | ||
68b8d23e | 2156 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
8af51c36 EZ |
2157 | if (!pst) |
2158 | { | |
2159 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, | |
2160 | "globals", 0, | |
2161 | (hp_symnum | |
2162 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
2163 | objfile->global_psymbols.next, | |
2164 | objfile->static_psymbols.next); | |
2165 | } | |
2166 | ||
2167 | /* Compute address of the data symbol */ | |
2168 | valu = dn_bufp->dsvar.location; | |
2169 | /* Relocate in case it's in a shared library */ | |
2170 | if (storage == LOC_STATIC) | |
2171 | valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile)); | |
2172 | ||
2173 | /* Luckily, dvar, svar, typedef, and tagdef all | |
2174 | have their "global" bit in the same place, so it works | |
2175 | (though it's bad programming practice) to reference | |
2176 | "dsvar.global" even though we may be looking at | |
2177 | any of the above four types. */ | |
2178 | if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global) | |
2179 | { | |
2180 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), | |
2181 | namespace, storage, | |
2182 | &objfile->global_psymbols, | |
2183 | valu, | |
2184 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); | |
2185 | } | |
2186 | else | |
2187 | { | |
2188 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), | |
2189 | namespace, storage, | |
2190 | &objfile->static_psymbols, | |
2191 | valu, | |
2192 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); | |
2193 | } | |
2194 | ||
2195 | /* For TAGDEF's, the above code added the tagname to the | |
2196 | struct namespace. This will cause tag "t" to be found | |
2197 | on a reference of the form "(struct t) x". But for | |
2198 | C++ classes, "t" will also be a typename, which we | |
2199 | want to find on a reference of the form "ptype t". | |
2200 | Therefore, we also add "t" to the var namespace. | |
2201 | Do the same for enum's due to the way aCC generates | |
2202 | debug info for these (see more extended comment | |
2203 | in hp-symtab-read.c). | |
2204 | We do the same for templates, so that "ptype t" | |
2205 | where "t" is a template also works. */ | |
2206 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF && | |
2207 | dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)) | |
2208 | { | |
2209 | int global = dn_bufp->dtag.global; | |
2210 | /* Look ahead to see if it's a C++ class */ | |
2211 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
2212 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS || | |
2213 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM || | |
2214 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) | |
2215 | { | |
2216 | if (global) | |
2217 | { | |
2218 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), | |
2219 | VAR_NAMESPACE, storage, | |
2220 | &objfile->global_psymbols, | |
2221 | dn_bufp->dsvar.location, | |
2222 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); | |
2223 | } | |
2224 | else | |
2225 | { | |
2226 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), | |
2227 | VAR_NAMESPACE, storage, | |
2228 | &objfile->static_psymbols, | |
2229 | dn_bufp->dsvar.location, | |
2230 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); | |
2231 | } | |
2232 | } | |
2233 | } | |
2234 | } | |
2235 | continue; | |
2236 | ||
2237 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM: | |
2238 | case DNTT_TYPE_CONST: | |
2239 | /* Constants and members of enumerated types. */ | |
68b8d23e | 2240 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); |
8af51c36 EZ |
2241 | if (!pst) |
2242 | { | |
2243 | pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile, | |
2244 | "globals", 0, | |
2245 | (hp_symnum | |
2246 | * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)), | |
2247 | objfile->global_psymbols.next, | |
2248 | objfile->static_psymbols.next); | |
2249 | } | |
2250 | if (dn_bufp->dconst.global) | |
2251 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), | |
2252 | VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST, | |
2253 | &objfile->global_psymbols, 0, | |
2254 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); | |
2255 | else | |
2256 | add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring), | |
2257 | VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST, | |
2258 | &objfile->static_psymbols, 0, | |
2259 | 0, language_unknown, objfile); | |
2260 | continue; | |
2261 | default: | |
2262 | continue; | |
2263 | } | |
2264 | } | |
2265 | } | |
2266 | ||
2267 | /* End any pending partial symbol table. */ | |
2268 | if (pst) | |
2269 | { | |
2270 | hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used, | |
2271 | hp_symnum * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), | |
2272 | 0, dependency_list, dependencies_used); | |
2273 | } | |
2274 | ||
2275 | discard_cleanups (old_chain); | |
2276 | } | |
2277 | ||
2278 | /* Perform any local cleanups required when we are done with a particular | |
2279 | objfile. I.E, we are in the process of discarding all symbol information | |
2280 | for an objfile, freeing up all memory held for it, and unlinking the | |
2281 | objfile struct from the global list of known objfiles. */ | |
2282 | ||
2283 | void | |
2284 | hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *objfile) | |
2285 | { | |
2286 | if (objfile->sym_private != NULL) | |
2287 | { | |
2288 | xmfree (objfile->md, objfile->sym_private); | |
2289 | } | |
2290 | } | |
2291 | \f | |
2292 | ||
2293 | /* The remaining functions are all for internal use only. */ | |
2294 | ||
2295 | /* Various small functions to get entries in the debug symbol sections. */ | |
2296 | ||
2297 | union dnttentry * | |
2298 | hpread_get_lntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile) | |
2299 | { | |
2300 | return (union dnttentry *) | |
2301 | &(LNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]); | |
2302 | } | |
2303 | ||
2304 | static union dnttentry * | |
2305 | hpread_get_gntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile) | |
2306 | { | |
2307 | return (union dnttentry *) | |
2308 | &(GNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]); | |
2309 | } | |
2310 | ||
2311 | union sltentry * | |
2312 | hpread_get_slt (int index, struct objfile *objfile) | |
2313 | { | |
2314 | return (union sltentry *) &(SLT (objfile)[index * sizeof (union sltentry)]); | |
2315 | } | |
2316 | ||
2317 | /* Get the low address associated with some symbol (typically the start | |
2318 | of a particular source file or module). Since that information is not | |
2319 | stored as part of the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE or DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE symbol we | |
2320 | must infer it from the existence of DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbols. */ | |
2321 | ||
2322 | static unsigned long | |
2323 | hpread_get_textlow (int global, int index, struct objfile *objfile, | |
2324 | int symcount) | |
2325 | { | |
65e82032 | 2326 | union dnttentry *dn_bufp = NULL; |
8af51c36 EZ |
2327 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
2328 | ||
2329 | /* Look for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbol. */ | |
2330 | if (index < symcount) /* symcount is the number of symbols in */ | |
2331 | { /* the dbinfo, LNTT table */ | |
2332 | do | |
2333 | { | |
2334 | if (global) | |
2335 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (index++, objfile); | |
2336 | else | |
2337 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (index++, objfile); | |
2338 | } | |
2339 | while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION | |
2340 | && dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION | |
2341 | && dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_END | |
2342 | && index < symcount); | |
2343 | } | |
2344 | ||
65e82032 AC |
2345 | /* NOTE: cagney/2003-03-29: If !(index < symcount), dn_bufp is left |
2346 | undefined and that means that the test below is using a garbage | |
2347 | pointer from the stack. */ | |
2348 | gdb_assert (dn_bufp != NULL); | |
2349 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
2350 | /* Avoid going past a DNTT_TYPE_END when looking for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION. This |
2351 | might happen when a sourcefile has no functions. */ | |
2352 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_END) | |
2353 | return 0; | |
2354 | ||
2355 | /* Avoid going past the end of the LNTT file */ | |
2356 | if (index == symcount) | |
2357 | return 0; | |
2358 | ||
2359 | /* The minimal symbols are typically more accurate for some reason. */ | |
2360 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) | |
2361 | msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->dfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL, | |
2362 | objfile); | |
2363 | else /* must be a DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION */ | |
2364 | msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL, | |
2365 | objfile); | |
2366 | ||
2367 | if (msymbol) | |
2368 | return SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol); | |
2369 | else | |
2370 | return dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr; | |
2371 | } | |
2372 | ||
2373 | /* Allocate and partially fill a partial symtab. It will be | |
2374 | completely filled at the end of the symbol list. | |
2375 | ||
2376 | SYMFILE_NAME is the name of the symbol-file we are reading from, and ADDR | |
2377 | is the address relative to which its symbols are (incremental) or 0 | |
2378 | (normal). */ | |
2379 | ||
2380 | static struct partial_symtab * | |
2381 | hpread_start_psymtab (struct objfile *objfile, char *filename, | |
2382 | CORE_ADDR textlow, int ldsymoff, | |
2383 | struct partial_symbol **global_syms, | |
2384 | struct partial_symbol **static_syms) | |
2385 | { | |
2386 | int offset = ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); | |
2387 | extern void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (); | |
2388 | struct partial_symtab *result = | |
2389 | start_psymtab_common (objfile, objfile->section_offsets, | |
2390 | filename, textlow, global_syms, static_syms); | |
2391 | ||
2392 | result->textlow += offset; | |
2393 | result->read_symtab_private = (char *) | |
2394 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack, sizeof (struct symloc)); | |
2395 | LDSYMOFF (result) = ldsymoff; | |
2396 | result->read_symtab = hpread_psymtab_to_symtab; | |
2397 | ||
2398 | return result; | |
2399 | } | |
2400 | \f | |
2401 | ||
2402 | /* Close off the current usage of PST. | |
2403 | Returns PST or NULL if the partial symtab was empty and thrown away. | |
2404 | ||
2405 | capping_symbol_offset --Byte index in LNTT or GNTT of the | |
2406 | last symbol processed during the build | |
2407 | of the previous pst. | |
2408 | ||
2409 | FIXME: List variables and peculiarities of same. */ | |
2410 | ||
2411 | static struct partial_symtab * | |
2412 | hpread_end_psymtab (struct partial_symtab *pst, char **include_list, | |
2413 | int num_includes, int capping_symbol_offset, | |
2414 | CORE_ADDR capping_text, | |
2415 | struct partial_symtab **dependency_list, | |
2416 | int number_dependencies) | |
2417 | { | |
2418 | int i; | |
2419 | struct objfile *objfile = pst->objfile; | |
2420 | int offset = ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); | |
2421 | ||
2422 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
2423 | /* Turn on to see what kind of a psymtab we've built. */ | |
2424 | static int dumping = 0; | |
2425 | #endif | |
2426 | ||
2427 | if (capping_symbol_offset != -1) | |
2428 | LDSYMLEN (pst) = capping_symbol_offset - LDSYMOFF (pst); | |
2429 | else | |
2430 | LDSYMLEN (pst) = 0; | |
2431 | pst->texthigh = capping_text + offset; | |
2432 | ||
2433 | pst->n_global_syms = | |
2434 | objfile->global_psymbols.next - (objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset); | |
2435 | pst->n_static_syms = | |
2436 | objfile->static_psymbols.next - (objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset); | |
2437 | ||
2438 | #ifdef DUMPING | |
2439 | if (dumping) | |
2440 | { | |
2441 | printf ("\nPst %s, LDSYMOFF %x (%x), LDSYMLEN %x (%x), globals %d, statics %d\n", | |
2442 | pst->filename, | |
2443 | LDSYMOFF (pst), | |
2444 | LDSYMOFF (pst) / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), | |
2445 | LDSYMLEN (pst), | |
2446 | LDSYMLEN (pst) / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block), | |
2447 | pst->n_global_syms, pst->n_static_syms); | |
2448 | } | |
2449 | #endif | |
2450 | ||
2451 | pst->number_of_dependencies = number_dependencies; | |
2452 | if (number_dependencies) | |
2453 | { | |
2454 | pst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **) | |
2455 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack, | |
2456 | number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *)); | |
2457 | memcpy (pst->dependencies, dependency_list, | |
2458 | number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *)); | |
2459 | } | |
2460 | else | |
2461 | pst->dependencies = 0; | |
2462 | ||
2463 | for (i = 0; i < num_includes; i++) | |
2464 | { | |
2465 | struct partial_symtab *subpst = | |
2466 | allocate_psymtab (include_list[i], objfile); | |
2467 | ||
2468 | subpst->section_offsets = pst->section_offsets; | |
2469 | subpst->read_symtab_private = | |
2470 | (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack, | |
2471 | sizeof (struct symloc)); | |
2472 | LDSYMOFF (subpst) = | |
2473 | LDSYMLEN (subpst) = | |
2474 | subpst->textlow = | |
2475 | subpst->texthigh = 0; | |
2476 | ||
2477 | /* We could save slight bits of space by only making one of these, | |
2478 | shared by the entire set of include files. FIXME-someday. */ | |
2479 | subpst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **) | |
2480 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack, | |
2481 | sizeof (struct partial_symtab *)); | |
2482 | subpst->dependencies[0] = pst; | |
2483 | subpst->number_of_dependencies = 1; | |
2484 | ||
2485 | subpst->globals_offset = | |
2486 | subpst->n_global_syms = | |
2487 | subpst->statics_offset = | |
2488 | subpst->n_static_syms = 0; | |
2489 | ||
2490 | subpst->readin = 0; | |
2491 | subpst->symtab = 0; | |
2492 | subpst->read_symtab = pst->read_symtab; | |
2493 | } | |
2494 | ||
2495 | sort_pst_symbols (pst); | |
2496 | ||
2497 | /* If there is already a psymtab or symtab for a file of this name, remove it. | |
2498 | (If there is a symtab, more drastic things also happen.) | |
2499 | This happens in VxWorks. */ | |
2500 | free_named_symtabs (pst->filename); | |
2501 | ||
2502 | if (num_includes == 0 | |
2503 | && number_dependencies == 0 | |
2504 | && pst->n_global_syms == 0 | |
2505 | && pst->n_static_syms == 0) | |
2506 | { | |
2507 | /* Throw away this psymtab, it's empty. We can't deallocate it, since | |
2508 | it is on the obstack, but we can forget to chain it on the list. | |
2509 | Empty psymtabs happen as a result of header files which don't have | |
2510 | any symbols in them. There can be a lot of them. But this check | |
2511 | is wrong, in that a psymtab with N_SLINE entries but nothing else | |
2512 | is not empty, but we don't realize that. Fixing that without slowing | |
2513 | things down might be tricky. | |
2514 | It's also wrong if we're using the quick look-up tables, as | |
2515 | we can get empty psymtabs from modules with no routines in | |
2516 | them. */ | |
2517 | ||
2518 | discard_psymtab (pst); | |
2519 | ||
2520 | /* Indicate that psymtab was thrown away. */ | |
2521 | pst = (struct partial_symtab *) NULL; | |
2522 | ||
2523 | } | |
2524 | return pst; | |
2525 | } | |
2526 | ||
2527 | \f | |
2528 | /* Get the nesting depth for the source line identified by INDEX. */ | |
2529 | ||
2530 | static unsigned long | |
2531 | hpread_get_scope_start (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile) | |
2532 | { | |
2533 | union sltentry *sl_bufp; | |
2534 | ||
2535 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile); | |
2536 | return sl_bufp->sspec.backptr.dnttp.index; | |
2537 | } | |
2538 | ||
2539 | /* Get the source line number the the line identified by INDEX. */ | |
2540 | ||
2541 | static unsigned long | |
2542 | hpread_get_line (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile) | |
2543 | { | |
2544 | union sltentry *sl_bufp; | |
2545 | ||
2546 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile); | |
2547 | return sl_bufp->snorm.line; | |
2548 | } | |
2549 | ||
2550 | /* Find the code address associated with a given sltpointer */ | |
2551 | ||
2552 | static CORE_ADDR | |
2553 | hpread_get_location (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile) | |
2554 | { | |
2555 | union sltentry *sl_bufp; | |
2556 | int i; | |
2557 | ||
2558 | /* code location of special sltentrys is determined from context */ | |
2559 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile); | |
2560 | ||
2561 | if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_END) | |
2562 | { | |
2563 | /* find previous normal sltentry and get address */ | |
2564 | for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) && | |
2565 | (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) && | |
2566 | (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++) | |
2567 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index - i, objfile); | |
2568 | if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) | |
2569 | return sl_bufp->snormoff.address; | |
2570 | else | |
2571 | return sl_bufp->snorm.address; | |
2572 | } | |
2573 | ||
2574 | /* find next normal sltentry and get address */ | |
2575 | for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) && | |
2576 | (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) && | |
2577 | (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++) | |
2578 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index + i, objfile); | |
2579 | if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) | |
2580 | return sl_bufp->snormoff.address; | |
2581 | else | |
2582 | return sl_bufp->snorm.address; | |
2583 | } | |
2584 | \f | |
2585 | ||
2586 | /* Return 1 if an HP debug symbol of type KIND has a name associated with | |
2587 | * it, else return 0. (This function is not currently used, but I'll | |
2588 | * leave it here in case it proves useful later on. - RT). | |
2589 | */ | |
2590 | ||
2591 | int | |
2592 | hpread_has_name (enum dntt_entry_type kind) | |
2593 | { | |
2594 | switch (kind) | |
2595 | { | |
2596 | case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE: | |
2597 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: | |
2598 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: | |
2599 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION: | |
2600 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY: | |
2601 | case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT: | |
2602 | case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL: | |
2603 | case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM: | |
2604 | case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR: | |
2605 | case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR: | |
2606 | case DNTT_TYPE_CONST: | |
2607 | case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF: | |
2608 | case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF: | |
2609 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM: | |
2610 | case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD: | |
2611 | case DNTT_TYPE_SA: | |
2612 | case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA: | |
2613 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC: | |
2614 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC: | |
2615 | return 1; | |
2616 | ||
2617 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: | |
2618 | case DNTT_TYPE_END: | |
2619 | case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER: | |
2620 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM: | |
2621 | case DNTT_TYPE_SET: | |
2622 | case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY: | |
2623 | case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT: | |
2624 | case DNTT_TYPE_UNION: | |
2625 | case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT: | |
2626 | case DNTT_TYPE_FILE: | |
2627 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE: | |
2628 | case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE: | |
2629 | case DNTT_TYPE_WITH: | |
2630 | case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON: | |
2631 | case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT: | |
2632 | case DNTT_TYPE_XREF: | |
2633 | case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO: | |
2634 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE: | |
2635 | case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE: | |
2636 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM: | |
2637 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC: | |
2638 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS: | |
2639 | case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD: | |
2640 | case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC: | |
2641 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS: | |
2642 | case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE: | |
2643 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS: | |
2644 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC: | |
2645 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER: | |
2646 | case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID: | |
2647 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE: | |
2648 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG: | |
2649 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE: | |
2650 | case DNTT_TYPE_LINK: | |
2651 | /* DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC ? */ | |
2652 | /* DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE ? */ | |
2653 | /* DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT ? */ | |
2654 | /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN ? */ | |
2655 | /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST ? */ | |
2656 | /* DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS ? */ | |
2657 | default: | |
2658 | return 0; | |
2659 | } | |
2660 | } | |
2661 | ||
2662 | /* Do the dirty work of reading in the full symbol from a partial symbol | |
2663 | table. */ | |
2664 | ||
2665 | static void | |
2666 | hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *pst) | |
2667 | { | |
2668 | struct cleanup *old_chain; | |
2669 | int i; | |
2670 | ||
2671 | /* Get out quick if passed junk. */ | |
2672 | if (!pst) | |
2673 | return; | |
2674 | ||
2675 | /* Complain if we've already read in this symbol table. */ | |
2676 | if (pst->readin) | |
2677 | { | |
2b9848d8 PM |
2678 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in." |
2679 | " Shouldn't happen.\n", | |
2680 | pst->filename); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
2681 | return; |
2682 | } | |
2683 | ||
2684 | /* Read in all partial symtabs on which this one is dependent */ | |
2685 | for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++) | |
2686 | if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin) | |
2687 | { | |
2688 | /* Inform about additional files that need to be read in. */ | |
2689 | if (info_verbose) | |
2690 | { | |
2691 | fputs_filtered (" ", gdb_stdout); | |
2692 | wrap_here (""); | |
2693 | fputs_filtered ("and ", gdb_stdout); | |
2694 | wrap_here (""); | |
2695 | printf_filtered ("%s...", pst->dependencies[i]->filename); | |
2696 | wrap_here (""); /* Flush output */ | |
2697 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); | |
2698 | } | |
2699 | hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst->dependencies[i]); | |
2700 | } | |
2701 | ||
2702 | /* If it's real... */ | |
2703 | if (LDSYMLEN (pst)) | |
2704 | { | |
2705 | /* Init stuff necessary for reading in symbols */ | |
2706 | buildsym_init (); | |
2707 | old_chain = make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0); | |
2708 | ||
2709 | pst->symtab = | |
2710 | hpread_expand_symtab (pst->objfile, LDSYMOFF (pst), LDSYMLEN (pst), | |
2711 | pst->textlow, pst->texthigh - pst->textlow, | |
2712 | pst->section_offsets, pst->filename); | |
2713 | sort_symtab_syms (pst->symtab); | |
2714 | ||
2715 | do_cleanups (old_chain); | |
2716 | } | |
2717 | ||
2718 | pst->readin = 1; | |
2719 | } | |
2720 | ||
2721 | /* Read in all of the symbols for a given psymtab for real. | |
2722 | Be verbose about it if the user wants that. */ | |
2723 | ||
2724 | void | |
2725 | hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst) | |
2726 | { | |
2727 | /* Get out quick if given junk. */ | |
2728 | if (!pst) | |
2729 | return; | |
2730 | ||
2731 | /* Sanity check. */ | |
2732 | if (pst->readin) | |
2733 | { | |
2b9848d8 PM |
2734 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in." |
2735 | " Shouldn't happen.\n", | |
2736 | pst->filename); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
2737 | return; |
2738 | } | |
2739 | ||
2740 | /* elz: setting the flag to indicate that the code of the target | |
2741 | was compiled using an HP compiler (aCC, cc) | |
2742 | the processing_acc_compilation variable is declared in the | |
2743 | file buildsym.h, the HP_COMPILED_TARGET is defined to be equal | |
2744 | to 3 in the file tm_hppa.h */ | |
2745 | ||
2746 | processing_gcc_compilation = 0; | |
2747 | ||
2748 | if (LDSYMLEN (pst) || pst->number_of_dependencies) | |
2749 | { | |
2750 | /* Print the message now, before reading the string table, | |
2751 | to avoid disconcerting pauses. */ | |
2752 | if (info_verbose) | |
2753 | { | |
2754 | printf_filtered ("Reading in symbols for %s...", pst->filename); | |
2755 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); | |
2756 | } | |
2757 | ||
2758 | hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst); | |
2759 | ||
2760 | /* Match with global symbols. This only needs to be done once, | |
2761 | after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in. */ | |
2762 | scan_file_globals (pst->objfile); | |
2763 | ||
2764 | /* Finish up the debug error message. */ | |
2765 | if (info_verbose) | |
2766 | printf_filtered ("done.\n"); | |
2767 | } | |
2768 | } | |
2769 | ||
2770 | /* Read in a defined section of a specific object file's symbols. | |
2771 | ||
2772 | DESC is the file descriptor for the file, positioned at the | |
2773 | beginning of the symtab | |
2774 | SYM_OFFSET is the offset within the file of | |
2775 | the beginning of the symbols we want to read | |
2776 | SYM_SIZE is the size of the symbol info to read in. | |
2777 | TEXT_OFFSET is the beginning of the text segment we are reading symbols for | |
2778 | TEXT_SIZE is the size of the text segment read in. | |
2779 | SECTION_OFFSETS are the relocation offsets which get added to each symbol. */ | |
2780 | ||
2781 | static struct symtab * | |
2782 | hpread_expand_symtab (struct objfile *objfile, int sym_offset, int sym_size, | |
2783 | CORE_ADDR text_offset, int text_size, | |
2784 | struct section_offsets *section_offsets, char *filename) | |
2785 | { | |
2786 | char *namestring; | |
2787 | union dnttentry *dn_bufp; | |
2788 | unsigned max_symnum; | |
2789 | int at_module_boundary = 0; | |
2790 | /* 1 => at end, -1 => at beginning */ | |
2791 | ||
2792 | int sym_index = sym_offset / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block); | |
2793 | ||
2794 | current_objfile = objfile; | |
2795 | subfile_stack = 0; | |
2796 | ||
2797 | last_source_file = 0; | |
2798 | ||
2799 | /* Demangling style -- if EDG style already set, don't change it, | |
2800 | as HP style causes some problems with the KAI EDG compiler */ | |
2801 | if (current_demangling_style != edg_demangling) | |
2802 | { | |
2803 | /* Otherwise, ensure that we are using HP style demangling */ | |
2804 | set_demangling_style (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING); | |
2805 | } | |
2806 | ||
2807 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index, objfile); | |
2808 | if (!((dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE) || | |
2809 | (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_MODULE))) | |
2810 | { | |
2811 | start_symtab ("globals", NULL, 0); | |
2812 | record_debugformat ("HP"); | |
2813 | } | |
2814 | ||
2815 | /* The psymtab builder (hp-psymtab-read.c) is the one that | |
2816 | * determined the "sym_size" argument (i.e. how many DNTT symbols | |
2817 | * are in this symtab), which we use to compute "max_symnum" | |
2818 | * (point in DNTT to which we read). | |
2819 | * | |
2820 | * Perhaps this should be changed so that | |
2821 | * process_one_debug_symbol() "knows" when | |
2822 | * to stop reading (based on reading from the MODULE to the matching | |
2823 | * END), and take out this reliance on a #-syms being passed in... | |
2824 | * (I'm worried about the reliability of this number). But I'll | |
2825 | * leave it as-is, for now. - RT | |
2826 | * | |
2827 | * The change above has been made. I've left the "for" loop control | |
2828 | * in to prepare for backing this out again. -JB | |
2829 | */ | |
2830 | max_symnum = sym_size / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block); | |
2831 | /* No reason to multiply on pst side and divide on sym side... FIXME */ | |
2832 | ||
2833 | /* Read in and process each debug symbol within the specified range. | |
2834 | */ | |
2835 | for (symnum = 0; | |
2836 | symnum < max_symnum; | |
2837 | symnum++) | |
2838 | { | |
2839 | QUIT; /* Allow this to be interruptable */ | |
2840 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index + symnum, objfile); | |
2841 | ||
2842 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension) | |
2843 | continue; | |
2844 | ||
68b8d23e JB |
2845 | /* Yow! We call set_namestring on things without names! */ |
2846 | set_namestring (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
2847 | |
2848 | hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (dn_bufp, namestring, section_offsets, | |
2849 | objfile, text_offset, text_size, | |
2850 | filename, symnum + sym_index, | |
2851 | &at_module_boundary | |
2852 | ); | |
2853 | ||
2854 | /* OLD COMMENTS: This routine is only called for psts. All psts | |
2855 | * correspond to MODULES. If we ever do lazy-reading of globals | |
2856 | * from the LNTT, then there will be a pst which ends when the | |
2857 | * LNTT ends, and not at an END MODULE entry. Then we'll have | |
2858 | * to re-visit this break. | |
2859 | ||
2860 | if( at_end_of_module ) | |
2861 | break; | |
2862 | ||
2863 | */ | |
2864 | ||
2865 | /* We no longer break out of the loop when we reach the end of a | |
2866 | module. The reason is that with CTTI, the compiler can generate | |
2867 | function symbols (for template function instantiations) which are not | |
2868 | in any module; typically they show up beyond a module's end, and | |
2869 | before the next module's start. We include them in the current | |
2870 | module. However, we still don't trust the MAX_SYMNUM value from | |
2871 | the psymtab, so we break out if we enter a new module. */ | |
2872 | ||
2873 | if (at_module_boundary == -1) | |
2874 | break; | |
2875 | } | |
2876 | ||
2877 | current_objfile = NULL; | |
2878 | hp_som_som_object_present = 1; /* Indicate we've processed an HP SOM SOM file */ | |
2879 | ||
2880 | return end_symtab (text_offset + text_size, objfile, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); | |
2881 | } | |
2882 | \f | |
2883 | ||
2884 | ||
2885 | ||
2886 | /* Convert basic types from HP debug format into GDB internal format. */ | |
2887 | ||
2888 | static int | |
2889 | hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer typep) | |
2890 | { | |
2891 | if (!typep.dntti.immediate) | |
2892 | { | |
2893 | error ("error in hpread_type_translate\n."); | |
2894 | return FT_VOID; | |
2895 | } | |
2896 | ||
2897 | switch (typep.dntti.type) | |
2898 | { | |
2899 | case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN: | |
2900 | case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_S300_COMPAT: | |
2901 | case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_VAX_COMPAT: | |
2902 | return FT_BOOLEAN; | |
2903 | case HP_TYPE_CHAR: /* C signed char, C++ plain char */ | |
2904 | ||
2905 | case HP_TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: | |
2906 | return FT_CHAR; | |
2907 | case HP_TYPE_INT: | |
2908 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8) | |
2909 | return FT_SIGNED_CHAR; /* C++ signed char */ | |
2910 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16) | |
2911 | return FT_SHORT; | |
2912 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32) | |
2913 | return FT_INTEGER; | |
2914 | return FT_LONG_LONG; | |
2915 | case HP_TYPE_LONG: | |
2916 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8) | |
2917 | return FT_SIGNED_CHAR; /* C++ signed char. */ | |
2918 | return FT_LONG; | |
2919 | case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG: | |
2920 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8) | |
2921 | return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR; /* C/C++ unsigned char */ | |
2922 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16) | |
2923 | return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT; | |
2924 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32) | |
2925 | return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG; | |
2926 | return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG; | |
2927 | case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INT: | |
2928 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8) | |
2929 | return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR; | |
2930 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16) | |
2931 | return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT; | |
2932 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32) | |
2933 | return FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER; | |
2934 | return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG; | |
2935 | case HP_TYPE_REAL: | |
2936 | case HP_TYPE_REAL_3000: | |
2937 | case HP_TYPE_DOUBLE: | |
2938 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 64) | |
2939 | return FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT; | |
2940 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128) | |
2941 | return FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT; | |
2942 | return FT_FLOAT; | |
2943 | case HP_TYPE_COMPLEX: | |
2944 | case HP_TYPE_COMPLEXS3000: | |
2945 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128) | |
2946 | return FT_DBL_PREC_COMPLEX; | |
2947 | if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 192) | |
2948 | return FT_EXT_PREC_COMPLEX; | |
2949 | return FT_COMPLEX; | |
2950 | case HP_TYPE_VOID: | |
2951 | return FT_VOID; | |
2952 | case HP_TYPE_STRING200: | |
2953 | case HP_TYPE_LONGSTRING200: | |
2954 | case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_SPEC: | |
2955 | case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_SPEC: | |
2956 | case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_3000: | |
2957 | case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_S300_COMPAT: | |
2958 | case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_VAX_COMPAT: | |
2959 | return FT_STRING; | |
2960 | case HP_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG: | |
2961 | return FT_TEMPLATE_ARG; | |
2962 | case HP_TYPE_TEXT: | |
2963 | case HP_TYPE_FLABEL: | |
2964 | case HP_TYPE_PACKED_DECIMAL: | |
2965 | case HP_TYPE_ANYPOINTER: | |
2966 | case HP_TYPE_GLOBAL_ANYPOINTER: | |
2967 | case HP_TYPE_LOCAL_ANYPOINTER: | |
2968 | default: | |
2969 | warning ("hpread_type_translate: unhandled type code.\n"); | |
2970 | return FT_VOID; | |
2971 | } | |
2972 | } | |
2973 | ||
2974 | /* Given a position in the DNTT, return a pointer to the | |
2975 | * already-built "struct type" (if any), for the type defined | |
2976 | * at that position. | |
2977 | */ | |
2978 | ||
2979 | static struct type ** | |
2980 | hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile) | |
2981 | { | |
2982 | unsigned old_len; | |
2983 | int index = hp_type.dnttp.index; | |
2984 | int size_changed = 0; | |
2985 | ||
2986 | /* The immediate flag indicates this doesn't actually point to | |
2987 | * a type DNTT. | |
2988 | */ | |
2989 | if (hp_type.dntti.immediate) | |
2990 | return NULL; | |
2991 | ||
2992 | /* For each objfile, we maintain a "type vector". | |
2993 | * This an array of "struct type *"'s with one pointer per DNTT index. | |
2994 | * Given a DNTT index, we look in this array to see if we have | |
2995 | * already processed this DNTT and if it is a type definition. | |
2996 | * If so, then we can locate a pointer to the already-built | |
2997 | * "struct type", and not build it again. | |
2998 | * | |
2999 | * The need for this arises because our DNTT-walking code wanders | |
3000 | * around. In particular, it will encounter the same type multiple | |
3001 | * times (once for each object of that type). We don't want to | |
3002 | * built multiple "struct type"'s for the same thing. | |
3003 | * | |
3004 | * Having said this, I should point out that this type-vector is | |
3005 | * an expensive way to keep track of this. If most DNTT entries are | |
3006 | * 3 words, the type-vector will be 1/3 the size of the DNTT itself. | |
3007 | * Alternative solutions: | |
3008 | * - Keep a compressed or hashed table. Less memory, but more expensive | |
3009 | * to search and update. | |
3010 | * - (Suggested by JB): Overwrite the DNTT entry itself | |
3011 | * with the info. Create a new type code "ALREADY_BUILT", and modify | |
3012 | * the DNTT to have that type code and point to the already-built entry. | |
3013 | * -RT | |
3014 | */ | |
3015 | ||
3016 | if (index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)) | |
3017 | { | |
9a6f53fe | 3018 | if (index >= DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile)) |
8af51c36 | 3019 | { |
9a6f53fe | 3020 | old_len = DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile); |
8af51c36 EZ |
3021 | |
3022 | /* See if we need to allocate a type-vector. */ | |
3023 | if (old_len == 0) | |
3024 | { | |
9a6f53fe EZ |
3025 | DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile) + GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile); |
3026 | DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **) | |
3027 | xmmalloc (objfile->md, DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *)); | |
3028 | memset (&DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0, | |
3029 | (DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) * | |
8af51c36 EZ |
3030 | sizeof (struct type *)); |
3031 | } | |
3032 | ||
3033 | /* See if we need to resize type-vector. With my change to | |
3034 | * initially allocate a correct-size type-vector, this code | |
3035 | * should no longer trigger. | |
3036 | */ | |
9a6f53fe | 3037 | while (index >= DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile)) |
8af51c36 | 3038 | { |
9a6f53fe | 3039 | DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) *= 2; |
8af51c36 EZ |
3040 | size_changed = 1; |
3041 | } | |
3042 | if (size_changed) | |
3043 | { | |
9a6f53fe | 3044 | DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **) |
8af51c36 | 3045 | xmrealloc (objfile->md, |
9a6f53fe EZ |
3046 | (char *) DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile), |
3047 | (DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *))); | |
8af51c36 | 3048 | |
9a6f53fe EZ |
3049 | memset (&DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0, |
3050 | (DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) * | |
8af51c36 EZ |
3051 | sizeof (struct type *)); |
3052 | } | |
3053 | ||
3054 | } | |
9a6f53fe | 3055 | return &DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[index]; |
8af51c36 EZ |
3056 | } |
3057 | else | |
3058 | return NULL; | |
3059 | } | |
3060 | ||
3061 | /* Possibly allocate a GDB internal type so we can internalize HP_TYPE. | |
3062 | Note we'll just return the address of a GDB internal type if we already | |
3063 | have it lying around. */ | |
3064 | ||
3065 | static struct type * | |
3066 | hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile) | |
3067 | { | |
3068 | struct type **type_addr; | |
3069 | ||
3070 | type_addr = hpread_lookup_type (hp_type, objfile); | |
3071 | if (*type_addr == 0) | |
3072 | { | |
3073 | *type_addr = alloc_type (objfile); | |
3074 | ||
3075 | /* A hack - if we really are a C++ class symbol, then this default | |
3076 | * will get overriden later on. | |
3077 | */ | |
3078 | TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (*type_addr) | |
3079 | = (struct cplus_struct_type *) &cplus_struct_default; | |
3080 | } | |
3081 | ||
3082 | return *type_addr; | |
3083 | } | |
3084 | ||
3085 | /* Read a native enumerated type and return it in GDB internal form. */ | |
3086 | ||
3087 | static struct type * | |
3088 | hpread_read_enum_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, | |
3089 | struct objfile *objfile) | |
3090 | { | |
3091 | struct type *type; | |
3092 | struct pending **symlist, *osyms, *syms; | |
3093 | struct pending *local_list = NULL; | |
3094 | int o_nsyms, nsyms = 0; | |
3095 | dnttpointer mem; | |
3096 | union dnttentry *memp; | |
3097 | char *name; | |
3098 | long n; | |
3099 | struct symbol *sym; | |
3100 | ||
3101 | /* Allocate a GDB type. If we've already read in this enum type, | |
3102 | * it'll return the already built GDB type, so stop here. | |
3103 | * (Note: I added this check, to conform with what's done for | |
3104 | * struct, union, class. | |
3105 | * I assume this is OK. - RT) | |
3106 | */ | |
3107 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); | |
3108 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) | |
3109 | return type; | |
3110 | ||
3111 | /* HP C supports "sized enums", where a specifier such as "short" or | |
3112 | "char" can be used to get enums of different sizes. So don't assume | |
3113 | an enum is always 4 bytes long. pai/1997-08-21 */ | |
3114 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->denum.bitlength / 8; | |
3115 | ||
3116 | symlist = &file_symbols; | |
3117 | osyms = *symlist; | |
c906108c SS |
3118 | o_nsyms = osyms ? osyms->nsyms : 0; |
3119 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
3120 | /* Get a name for each member and add it to our list of members. |
3121 | * The list of "mem" SOM records we are walking should all be | |
3122 | * SOM type DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM (not checked). | |
3123 | */ | |
c906108c | 3124 | mem = dn_bufp->denum.firstmem; |
8af51c36 | 3125 | while (mem.word && mem.word != DNTTNIL) |
c906108c SS |
3126 | { |
3127 | memp = hpread_get_lntt (mem.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
3128 | ||
3129 | name = VT (objfile) + memp->dmember.name; | |
3130 | sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack, | |
3131 | sizeof (struct symbol)); | |
3132 | memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol)); | |
22abf04a | 3133 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name), |
c906108c SS |
3134 | &objfile->symbol_obstack); |
3135 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST; | |
3136 | SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE; | |
3137 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = memp->dmember.value; | |
3138 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, symlist); | |
3139 | nsyms++; | |
3140 | mem = memp->dmember.nextmem; | |
3141 | } | |
3142 | ||
3143 | /* Now that we know more about the enum, fill in more info. */ | |
3144 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ENUM; | |
3145 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB; | |
3146 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms; | |
3147 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) | |
3148 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nsyms); | |
3149 | ||
3150 | /* Find the symbols for the members and put them into the type. | |
3151 | The symbols can be found in the symlist that we put them on | |
3152 | to cause them to be defined. osyms contains the old value | |
3153 | of that symlist; everything up to there was defined by us. | |
3154 | ||
3155 | Note that we preserve the order of the enum constants, so | |
3156 | that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print | |
3157 | FOO, not LAST_THING. */ | |
3158 | for (syms = *symlist, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next) | |
3159 | { | |
3160 | int j = 0; | |
3161 | if (syms == osyms) | |
3162 | j = o_nsyms; | |
3163 | for (; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++) | |
3164 | { | |
3165 | struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j]; | |
3166 | SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym) = type; | |
22abf04a | 3167 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (xsym); |
c906108c SS |
3168 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, n) = SYMBOL_VALUE (xsym); |
3169 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0; | |
01ad7f36 | 3170 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (type, n) = 0; |
c906108c | 3171 | } |
8af51c36 EZ |
3172 | if (syms == osyms) |
3173 | break; | |
3174 | } | |
3175 | ||
3176 | return type; | |
3177 | } | |
3178 | ||
3179 | /* Read and internalize a native function debug symbol. */ | |
3180 | ||
3181 | static struct type * | |
3182 | hpread_read_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, | |
3183 | struct objfile *objfile, int newblock) | |
3184 | { | |
3185 | struct type *type, *type1; | |
3186 | struct pending *syms; | |
3187 | struct pending *local_list = NULL; | |
3188 | int nsyms = 0; | |
3189 | dnttpointer param; | |
3190 | union dnttentry *paramp; | |
3191 | char *name; | |
3192 | long n; | |
3193 | struct symbol *sym; | |
3194 | int record_args = 1; | |
3195 | ||
3196 | /* See if we've already read in this type. */ | |
3197 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); | |
3198 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) | |
3199 | { | |
3200 | record_args = 0; /* already read in, don't modify type */ | |
3201 | } | |
3202 | else | |
3203 | { | |
3204 | /* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */ | |
3205 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION || | |
3206 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) | |
3207 | type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc.retval, | |
3208 | objfile)); | |
3209 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE) | |
3210 | type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunctype.retval, | |
3211 | objfile)); | |
3212 | else /* expect DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE */ | |
3213 | type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc_template.retval, | |
3214 | objfile)); | |
0004e5a2 | 3215 | replace_type (type, type1); |
8af51c36 EZ |
3216 | |
3217 | /* Mark it -- in the middle of processing */ | |
3218 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE; | |
3219 | } | |
3220 | ||
3221 | /* Now examine each parameter noting its type, location, and a | |
3222 | wealth of other information. */ | |
3223 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION || | |
3224 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) | |
3225 | param = dn_bufp->dfunc.firstparam; | |
3226 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE) | |
3227 | param = dn_bufp->dfunctype.firstparam; | |
3228 | else /* expect DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE */ | |
3229 | param = dn_bufp->dfunc_template.firstparam; | |
3230 | while (param.word && param.word != DNTTNIL) | |
3231 | { | |
3232 | paramp = hpread_get_lntt (param.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
3233 | nsyms++; | |
3234 | param = paramp->dfparam.nextparam; | |
3235 | ||
3236 | /* Get the name. */ | |
3237 | name = VT (objfile) + paramp->dfparam.name; | |
3238 | sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack, | |
3239 | sizeof (struct symbol)); | |
3240 | (void) memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol)); | |
22abf04a | 3241 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name), |
8af51c36 EZ |
3242 | &objfile->symbol_obstack); |
3243 | ||
3244 | /* Figure out where it lives. */ | |
3245 | if (paramp->dfparam.regparam) | |
3246 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM; | |
3247 | else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect) | |
3248 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG; | |
3249 | else | |
3250 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG; | |
3251 | SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE; | |
3252 | if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam) | |
3253 | { | |
3254 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location; | |
3255 | #ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS | |
3256 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) | |
3257 | += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile)); | |
3258 | #endif | |
3259 | /* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter, | |
3260 | Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */ | |
3261 | /* ??rehrauer: This appears to be broken w/r/t to passing | |
3262 | C values of type float and struct. Perhaps this ought | |
3263 | to be highighted as a special case, but for now, just | |
3264 | allowing these to be LOC_ARGs seems to work fine. | |
3265 | */ | |
3266 | #if 0 | |
3267 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR; | |
3268 | #endif | |
3269 | } | |
3270 | else | |
3271 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location; | |
3272 | ||
3273 | /* Get its type. */ | |
3274 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile); | |
3275 | /* Add it to the symbol list. */ | |
3276 | /* Note 1 (RT) At the moment, add_symbol_to_list() is also being | |
3277 | * called on FPARAM symbols from the process_one_debug_symbol() | |
3278 | * level... so parameters are getting added twice! (this shows | |
3279 | * up in the symbol dump you get from "maint print symbols ..."). | |
3280 | * Note 2 (RT) I took out the processing of FPARAM from the | |
3281 | * process_one_debug_symbol() level, so at the moment parameters are only | |
3282 | * being processed here. This seems to have no ill effect. | |
3283 | */ | |
3284 | /* Note 3 (pai/1997-08-11) I removed the add_symbol_to_list() which put | |
3285 | each fparam on the local_symbols list from here. Now we use the | |
3286 | local_list to which fparams are added below, and set the param_symbols | |
3287 | global to point to that at the end of this routine. */ | |
3288 | /* elz: I added this new list of symbols which is local to the function. | |
3289 | this list is the one which is actually used to build the type for the | |
3290 | function rather than the gloabal list pointed to by symlist. | |
3291 | Using a global list to keep track of the parameters is wrong, because | |
3292 | this function is called recursively if one parameter happend to be | |
3293 | a function itself with more parameters in it. Adding parameters to the | |
3294 | same global symbol list would not work! | |
3295 | Actually it did work in case of cc compiled programs where you do | |
3296 | not check the parameter lists of the arguments. */ | |
3297 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_list); | |
3298 | ||
3299 | } | |
3300 | ||
3301 | /* If type was read in earlier, don't bother with modifying | |
3302 | the type struct */ | |
3303 | if (!record_args) | |
3304 | goto finish; | |
3305 | ||
3306 | /* Note how many parameters we found. */ | |
3307 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms; | |
3308 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) | |
3309 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, | |
3310 | sizeof (struct field) * nsyms); | |
3311 | ||
3312 | /* Find the symbols for the parameters and | |
3313 | use them to fill parameter-type information into the function-type. | |
3314 | The parameter symbols can be found in the local_list that we just put them on. */ | |
3315 | /* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so | |
3316 | that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print | |
3317 | FOO, not LAST_THING. */ | |
3318 | ||
3319 | /* get the parameters types from the local list not the global list | |
3320 | so that the type can be correctly constructed for functions which | |
3321 | have function as parameters */ | |
3322 | for (syms = local_list, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next) | |
3323 | { | |
3324 | int j = 0; | |
3325 | for (j = 0; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++) | |
3326 | { | |
3327 | struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j]; | |
22abf04a | 3328 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (xsym); |
8af51c36 EZ |
3329 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym); |
3330 | TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0; | |
3331 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0; | |
01ad7f36 | 3332 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (type, n) = 0; |
8af51c36 EZ |
3333 | } |
3334 | } | |
3335 | /* Mark it as having been processed */ | |
3336 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~(TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE); | |
3337 | ||
3338 | /* Check whether we need to fix-up a class type with this function's type */ | |
3339 | if (fixup_class && (fixup_method == type)) | |
3340 | { | |
3341 | fixup_class_method_type (fixup_class, fixup_method, objfile); | |
3342 | fixup_class = NULL; | |
3343 | fixup_method = NULL; | |
c906108c SS |
3344 | } |
3345 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
3346 | /* Set the param list of this level of the context stack |
3347 | to our local list. Do this only if this function was | |
3348 | called for creating a new block, and not if it was called | |
3349 | simply to get the function type. This prevents recursive | |
3350 | invocations from trashing param_symbols. */ | |
3351 | finish: | |
3352 | if (newblock) | |
3353 | param_symbols = local_list; | |
3354 | ||
c906108c SS |
3355 | return type; |
3356 | } | |
3357 | ||
c906108c | 3358 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
3359 | /* Read and internalize a native DOC function debug symbol. */ |
3360 | /* This is almost identical to hpread_read_function_type(), except | |
3361 | * for references to dn_bufp->ddocfunc instead of db_bufp->dfunc. | |
3362 | * Since debug information for DOC functions is more likely to be | |
3363 | * volatile, please leave it this way. | |
3364 | */ | |
c906108c | 3365 | static struct type * |
8af51c36 EZ |
3366 | hpread_read_doc_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
3367 | struct objfile *objfile, int newblock) | |
c906108c | 3368 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
3369 | struct pending *syms; |
3370 | struct pending *local_list = NULL; | |
3371 | int nsyms = 0; | |
65e82032 | 3372 | struct type *type; |
c906108c SS |
3373 | dnttpointer param; |
3374 | union dnttentry *paramp; | |
3375 | char *name; | |
3376 | long n; | |
3377 | struct symbol *sym; | |
8af51c36 | 3378 | int record_args = 1; |
c906108c SS |
3379 | |
3380 | /* See if we've already read in this type. */ | |
3381 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); | |
3382 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) | |
8af51c36 EZ |
3383 | { |
3384 | record_args = 0; /* already read in, don't modify type */ | |
3385 | } | |
3386 | else | |
3387 | { | |
65e82032 | 3388 | struct type *type1 = NULL; |
8af51c36 EZ |
3389 | /* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */ |
3390 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION || | |
3391 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC) | |
3392 | type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.retval, | |
3393 | objfile)); | |
65e82032 AC |
3394 | /* NOTE: cagney/2003-03-29: Oh, no not again. TYPE1 is |
3395 | potentially left undefined here. Assert it isn't and hope | |
3396 | the assert never fails ... */ | |
3397 | gdb_assert (type1 != NULL); | |
3398 | ||
0004e5a2 | 3399 | replace_type (type, type1); |
8af51c36 EZ |
3400 | |
3401 | /* Mark it -- in the middle of processing */ | |
3402 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE; | |
3403 | } | |
c906108c SS |
3404 | |
3405 | /* Now examine each parameter noting its type, location, and a | |
3406 | wealth of other information. */ | |
8af51c36 EZ |
3407 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION || |
3408 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC) | |
3409 | param = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.firstparam; | |
c906108c SS |
3410 | while (param.word && param.word != DNTTNIL) |
3411 | { | |
3412 | paramp = hpread_get_lntt (param.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
3413 | nsyms++; | |
3414 | param = paramp->dfparam.nextparam; | |
3415 | ||
3416 | /* Get the name. */ | |
3417 | name = VT (objfile) + paramp->dfparam.name; | |
3418 | sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack, | |
3419 | sizeof (struct symbol)); | |
3420 | (void) memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol)); | |
22abf04a | 3421 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = name; |
8af51c36 EZ |
3422 | |
3423 | /* Figure out where it lives. */ | |
3424 | if (paramp->dfparam.regparam) | |
3425 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM; | |
3426 | else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect) | |
3427 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG; | |
3428 | else | |
3429 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG; | |
3430 | SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE; | |
3431 | if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam) | |
3432 | { | |
3433 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location; | |
3434 | #ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS | |
3435 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) | |
3436 | += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile)); | |
3437 | #endif | |
3438 | /* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter, | |
3439 | Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */ | |
3440 | /* ??rehrauer: This appears to be broken w/r/t to passing | |
3441 | C values of type float and struct. Perhaps this ought | |
3442 | to be highighted as a special case, but for now, just | |
3443 | allowing these to be LOC_ARGs seems to work fine. | |
3444 | */ | |
3445 | #if 0 | |
3446 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR; | |
3447 | #endif | |
3448 | } | |
3449 | else | |
3450 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location; | |
3451 | ||
3452 | /* Get its type. */ | |
3453 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile); | |
3454 | /* Add it to the symbol list. */ | |
3455 | /* Note 1 (RT) At the moment, add_symbol_to_list() is also being | |
3456 | * called on FPARAM symbols from the process_one_debug_symbol() | |
3457 | * level... so parameters are getting added twice! (this shows | |
3458 | * up in the symbol dump you get from "maint print symbols ..."). | |
3459 | * Note 2 (RT) I took out the processing of FPARAM from the | |
3460 | * process_one_debug_symbol() level, so at the moment parameters are only | |
3461 | * being processed here. This seems to have no ill effect. | |
3462 | */ | |
3463 | /* Note 3 (pai/1997-08-11) I removed the add_symbol_to_list() which put | |
3464 | each fparam on the local_symbols list from here. Now we use the | |
3465 | local_list to which fparams are added below, and set the param_symbols | |
3466 | global to point to that at the end of this routine. */ | |
3467 | ||
3468 | /* elz: I added this new list of symbols which is local to the function. | |
3469 | this list is the one which is actually used to build the type for the | |
3470 | function rather than the gloabal list pointed to by symlist. | |
3471 | Using a global list to keep track of the parameters is wrong, because | |
3472 | this function is called recursively if one parameter happend to be | |
3473 | a function itself with more parameters in it. Adding parameters to the | |
3474 | same global symbol list would not work! | |
3475 | Actually it did work in case of cc compiled programs where you do not check the | |
3476 | parameter lists of the arguments. */ | |
3477 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_list); | |
3478 | } | |
3479 | ||
3480 | /* If type was read in earlier, don't bother with modifying | |
3481 | the type struct */ | |
3482 | if (!record_args) | |
3483 | goto finish; | |
3484 | ||
3485 | /* Note how many parameters we found. */ | |
3486 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms; | |
3487 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) | |
3488 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, | |
3489 | sizeof (struct field) * nsyms); | |
3490 | ||
3491 | /* Find the symbols for the parameters and | |
3492 | use them to fill parameter-type information into the function-type. | |
3493 | The parameter symbols can be found in the local_list that we just put them on. */ | |
3494 | /* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so | |
3495 | that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print | |
3496 | FOO, not LAST_THING. */ | |
3497 | ||
3498 | /* get the parameters types from the local list not the global list | |
3499 | so that the type can be correctly constructed for functions which | |
3500 | have function as parameters | |
3501 | */ | |
3502 | for (syms = local_list, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next) | |
3503 | { | |
3504 | int j = 0; | |
3505 | for (j = 0; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++) | |
3506 | { | |
3507 | struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j]; | |
22abf04a | 3508 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (xsym); |
8af51c36 EZ |
3509 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym); |
3510 | TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0; | |
3511 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0; | |
01ad7f36 | 3512 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (type, n) = 0; |
8af51c36 EZ |
3513 | } |
3514 | } | |
3515 | ||
3516 | /* Mark it as having been processed */ | |
3517 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~(TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE); | |
3518 | ||
3519 | /* Check whether we need to fix-up a class type with this function's type */ | |
3520 | if (fixup_class && (fixup_method == type)) | |
3521 | { | |
3522 | fixup_class_method_type (fixup_class, fixup_method, objfile); | |
3523 | fixup_class = NULL; | |
3524 | fixup_method = NULL; | |
3525 | } | |
3526 | ||
3527 | /* Set the param list of this level of the context stack | |
3528 | to our local list. Do this only if this function was | |
3529 | called for creating a new block, and not if it was called | |
3530 | simply to get the function type. This prevents recursive | |
3531 | invocations from trashing param_symbols. */ | |
3532 | finish: | |
3533 | if (newblock) | |
3534 | param_symbols = local_list; | |
3535 | ||
3536 | return type; | |
3537 | } | |
3538 | ||
3539 | ||
3540 | ||
3541 | /* A file-level variable which keeps track of the current-template | |
3542 | * being processed. Set in hpread_read_struct_type() while processing | |
3543 | * a template type. Referred to in hpread_get_nth_templ_arg(). | |
3544 | * Yes, this is a kludge, but it arises from the kludge that already | |
3545 | * exists in symtab.h, namely the fact that they encode | |
3546 | * "template argument n" with fundamental type FT_TEMPLATE_ARG and | |
3547 | * bitlength n. This means that deep in processing fundamental types | |
3548 | * I need to ask the question "what template am I in the middle of?". | |
3549 | * The alternative to stuffing a global would be to pass an argument | |
3550 | * down the chain of calls just for this purpose. | |
3551 | * | |
3552 | * There may be problems handling nested templates... tough. | |
3553 | */ | |
3554 | static struct type *current_template = NULL; | |
3555 | ||
3556 | /* Read in and internalize a structure definition. | |
3557 | * This same routine is called for struct, union, and class types. | |
3558 | * Also called for templates, since they build a very similar | |
3559 | * type entry as for class types. | |
3560 | */ | |
3561 | ||
3562 | static struct type * | |
3563 | hpread_read_struct_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, | |
3564 | struct objfile *objfile) | |
3565 | { | |
3566 | /* The data members get linked together into a list of struct nextfield's */ | |
3567 | struct nextfield | |
3568 | { | |
3569 | struct nextfield *next; | |
3570 | struct field field; | |
3571 | unsigned char attributes; /* store visibility and virtuality info */ | |
3572 | #define ATTR_VIRTUAL 1 | |
3573 | #define ATTR_PRIVATE 2 | |
3574 | #define ATTR_PROTECT 3 | |
3575 | }; | |
3576 | ||
3577 | ||
3578 | /* The methods get linked together into a list of struct next_fn_field's */ | |
3579 | struct next_fn_field | |
3580 | { | |
3581 | struct next_fn_field *next; | |
3582 | struct fn_fieldlist field; | |
3583 | struct fn_field fn_field; | |
3584 | int num_fn_fields; | |
3585 | }; | |
3586 | ||
3587 | /* The template args get linked together into a list of struct next_template's */ | |
3588 | struct next_template | |
3589 | { | |
3590 | struct next_template *next; | |
3591 | struct template_arg arg; | |
3592 | }; | |
3593 | ||
3594 | /* The template instantiations get linked together into a list of these... */ | |
3595 | struct next_instantiation | |
3596 | { | |
3597 | struct next_instantiation *next; | |
3598 | struct type *t; | |
3599 | }; | |
3600 | ||
3601 | struct type *type; | |
3602 | struct type *baseclass; | |
3603 | struct type *memtype; | |
3604 | struct nextfield *list = 0, *tmp_list = 0; | |
3605 | struct next_fn_field *fn_list = 0; | |
3606 | struct next_fn_field *fn_p; | |
3607 | struct next_template *t_new, *t_list = 0; | |
3608 | struct nextfield *new; | |
3609 | struct next_fn_field *fn_new; | |
3610 | struct next_instantiation *i_new, *i_list = 0; | |
3611 | int n, nfields = 0, n_fn_fields = 0, n_fn_fields_total = 0; | |
3612 | int n_base_classes = 0, n_templ_args = 0; | |
3613 | int ninstantiations = 0; | |
3614 | dnttpointer field, fn_field, parent; | |
3615 | union dnttentry *fieldp, *fn_fieldp, *parentp; | |
3616 | int i; | |
3617 | int static_member = 0; | |
3618 | int const_member = 0; | |
3619 | int volatile_member = 0; | |
3620 | unsigned long vtbl_offset; | |
3621 | int need_bitvectors = 0; | |
3622 | char *method_name = NULL; | |
3623 | char *method_alias = NULL; | |
3624 | ||
3625 | ||
3626 | /* Is it something we've already dealt with? */ | |
3627 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); | |
3628 | if ((TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) || | |
3629 | (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION) || | |
3630 | (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CLASS) || | |
3631 | (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE)) | |
3632 | return type; | |
3633 | ||
3634 | /* Get the basic type correct. */ | |
3635 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT) | |
3636 | { | |
3637 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; | |
3638 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dstruct.bitlength / 8; | |
3639 | } | |
3640 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION) | |
3641 | { | |
3642 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_UNION; | |
3643 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dunion.bitlength / 8; | |
3644 | } | |
3645 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS) | |
3646 | { | |
3647 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_CLASS; | |
3648 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dclass.bitlength / 8; | |
3649 | ||
3650 | /* Overrides the TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC(type) with allocated memory | |
3651 | * rather than &cplus_struct_default. | |
3652 | */ | |
3653 | allocate_cplus_struct_type (type); | |
3654 | ||
3655 | /* Fill in declared-type. | |
3656 | * (The C++ compiler will emit TYPE_CODE_CLASS | |
3657 | * for all 3 of "class", "struct" | |
3658 | * "union", and we have to look at the "class_decl" field if we | |
3659 | * want to know how it was really declared) | |
3660 | */ | |
3661 | /* (0==class, 1==union, 2==struct) */ | |
3662 | TYPE_DECLARED_TYPE (type) = dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl; | |
3663 | } | |
3664 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) | |
3665 | { | |
3666 | /* Get the basic type correct. */ | |
3667 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE; | |
3668 | allocate_cplus_struct_type (type); | |
3669 | TYPE_DECLARED_TYPE (type) = DECLARED_TYPE_TEMPLATE; | |
3670 | } | |
3671 | else | |
3672 | return type; | |
3673 | ||
3674 | ||
3675 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB; | |
3676 | ||
3677 | /* For classes, read the parent list. | |
3678 | * Question (RT): Do we need to do this for templates also? | |
3679 | */ | |
3680 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS) | |
3681 | { | |
3682 | ||
3683 | /* First read the parent-list (classes from which we derive fields) */ | |
3684 | parent = dn_bufp->dclass.parentlist; | |
3685 | while (parent.word && parent.word != DNTTNIL) | |
3686 | { | |
3687 | parentp = hpread_get_lntt (parent.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
3688 | ||
3689 | /* "parentp" should point to a DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE record */ | |
3690 | ||
3691 | /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */ | |
3692 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); | |
3693 | new->next = list; | |
3694 | list = new; | |
3695 | ||
3696 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; | |
01ad7f36 | 3697 | FIELD_STATIC_KIND (list->field) = 0; |
8af51c36 EZ |
3698 | |
3699 | /* The "classname" field is actually a DNTT pointer to the base class */ | |
3700 | baseclass = hpread_type_lookup (parentp->dinheritance.classname, | |
3701 | objfile); | |
3702 | FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = baseclass; | |
3703 | ||
3704 | list->field.name = type_name_no_tag (FIELD_TYPE (list->field)); | |
3705 | ||
3706 | list->attributes = 0; | |
3707 | ||
3708 | /* Check for virtuality of base, and set the | |
3709 | * offset of the base subobject within the object. | |
3710 | * (Offset set to -1 for virtual bases (for now).) | |
3711 | */ | |
3712 | if (parentp->dinheritance.Virtual) | |
3713 | { | |
3714 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_VIRTUAL); | |
3715 | parentp->dinheritance.offset = -1; | |
3716 | } | |
3717 | else | |
3718 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = parentp->dinheritance.offset; | |
3719 | ||
3720 | /* Check visibility */ | |
3721 | switch (parentp->dinheritance.visibility) | |
3722 | { | |
3723 | case 1: | |
3724 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT); | |
3725 | break; | |
3726 | case 2: | |
3727 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE); | |
3728 | break; | |
3729 | } | |
3730 | ||
3731 | n_base_classes++; | |
3732 | nfields++; | |
3733 | ||
3734 | parent = parentp->dinheritance.next; | |
3735 | } | |
3736 | } | |
3737 | ||
3738 | /* For templates, read the template argument list. | |
3739 | * This must be done before processing the member list, because | |
3740 | * the member list may refer back to this. E.g.: | |
3741 | * template <class T1, class T2> class q2 { | |
3742 | * public: | |
3743 | * T1 a; | |
3744 | * T2 b; | |
3745 | * }; | |
3746 | * We need to read the argument list "T1", "T2" first. | |
3747 | */ | |
3748 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) | |
3749 | { | |
3750 | /* Kludge alert: This stuffs a global "current_template" which | |
3751 | * is referred to by hpread_get_nth_templ_arg(). The global | |
3752 | * is cleared at the end of this routine. | |
3753 | */ | |
3754 | current_template = type; | |
3755 | ||
3756 | /* Read in the argument list */ | |
3757 | field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.arglist; | |
3758 | while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL) | |
3759 | { | |
3760 | /* Get this template argument */ | |
3761 | fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
3762 | if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG) | |
3763 | { | |
3764 | warning ("Invalid debug info: Template argument entry is of wrong kind"); | |
3765 | break; | |
3766 | } | |
3767 | /* Bump the count */ | |
3768 | n_templ_args++; | |
3769 | /* Allocate and fill in a struct next_template */ | |
3770 | t_new = (struct next_template *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_template)); | |
3771 | t_new->next = t_list; | |
3772 | t_list = t_new; | |
3773 | t_list->arg.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dtempl_arg.name; | |
3774 | t_list->arg.type = hpread_read_templ_arg_type (field, fieldp, | |
3775 | objfile, t_list->arg.name); | |
3776 | /* Walk to the next template argument */ | |
3777 | field = fieldp->dtempl_arg.nextarg; | |
3778 | } | |
3779 | } | |
3780 | ||
3781 | TYPE_NTEMPLATE_ARGS (type) = n_templ_args; | |
3782 | ||
3783 | if (n_templ_args > 0) | |
3784 | TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARGS (type) = (struct template_arg *) | |
3785 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct template_arg) * n_templ_args); | |
3786 | for (n = n_templ_args; t_list; t_list = t_list->next) | |
3787 | { | |
3788 | n -= 1; | |
3789 | TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG (type, n) = t_list->arg; | |
3790 | } | |
3791 | ||
3792 | /* Next read in and internalize all the fields/members. */ | |
3793 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT) | |
3794 | field = dn_bufp->dstruct.firstfield; | |
3795 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION) | |
3796 | field = dn_bufp->dunion.firstfield; | |
3797 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS) | |
3798 | field = dn_bufp->dclass.memberlist; | |
3799 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) | |
3800 | field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.memberlist; | |
3801 | else | |
3802 | field.word = DNTTNIL; | |
3803 | ||
3804 | while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL) | |
3805 | { | |
3806 | fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
3807 | ||
3808 | /* At this point "fieldp" may point to either a DNTT_TYPE_FIELD | |
3809 | * or a DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD record. | |
3810 | */ | |
3811 | vtbl_offset = 0; | |
3812 | static_member = 0; | |
3813 | const_member = 0; | |
3814 | volatile_member = 0; | |
3815 | ||
3816 | if (fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD) | |
3817 | { | |
3818 | ||
3819 | /* The type will be GENFIELD if the field is a method or | |
3820 | * a static member (or some other cases -- see below) | |
3821 | */ | |
3822 | ||
3823 | /* Follow a link to get to the record for the field. */ | |
3824 | fn_field = fieldp->dgenfield.field; | |
3825 | fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
3826 | ||
3827 | /* Virtual funcs are indicated by a VFUNC which points to the | |
3828 | * real entry | |
3829 | */ | |
3830 | if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC) | |
3831 | { | |
3832 | vtbl_offset = fn_fieldp->dvfunc.vtbl_offset; | |
3833 | fn_field = fn_fieldp->dvfunc.funcptr; | |
3834 | fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
3835 | } | |
3836 | ||
3837 | /* A function's entry may be preceded by a modifier which | |
3838 | * labels it static/constant/volatile. | |
3839 | */ | |
3840 | if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER) | |
3841 | { | |
3842 | static_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_static; | |
3843 | const_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_const; | |
3844 | volatile_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_volatile; | |
3845 | fn_field = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.type; | |
3846 | fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
3847 | } | |
3848 | ||
3849 | /* Check whether we have a method */ | |
3850 | if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) || | |
3851 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) || | |
3852 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC) || | |
3853 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION)) | |
3854 | { | |
3855 | /* Method found */ | |
3856 | ||
3857 | short ix = 0; | |
3858 | ||
3859 | /* Look up function type of method */ | |
3860 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_field, objfile); | |
3861 | ||
3862 | /* Methods can be seen before classes in the SOM records. | |
3863 | If we are processing this class because it's a parameter of a | |
3864 | method, at this point the method's type is actually incomplete; | |
3865 | we'll have to fix it up later; mark the class for this. */ | |
3866 | ||
3867 | if (TYPE_INCOMPLETE (memtype)) | |
3868 | { | |
3869 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE; | |
3870 | if (fixup_class) | |
3871 | warning ("Two classes to fix up for method?? Type information may be incorrect for some classes."); | |
3872 | if (fixup_method) | |
3873 | warning ("Two methods to be fixed up at once?? Type information may be incorrect for some classes."); | |
3874 | fixup_class = type; /* remember this class has to be fixed up */ | |
3875 | fixup_method = memtype; /* remember the method type to be used in fixup */ | |
3876 | } | |
3877 | ||
3878 | /* HP aCC generates operator names without the "operator" keyword, and | |
3879 | generates null strings as names for operators that are | |
3880 | user-defined type conversions to basic types (e.g. operator int ()). | |
3881 | So try to reconstruct name as best as possible. */ | |
3882 | ||
3883 | method_name = (char *) (VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfunc.name); | |
3884 | method_alias = (char *) (VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfunc.alias); | |
3885 | ||
3886 | if (!method_name || /* no name */ | |
3887 | !*method_name || /* or null name */ | |
3888 | cplus_mangle_opname (method_name, DMGL_ANSI)) /* or name is an operator like "<" */ | |
3889 | { | |
3890 | char *tmp_name = cplus_demangle (method_alias, DMGL_ANSI); | |
3891 | char *op_string = strstr (tmp_name, "operator"); | |
3892 | method_name = xmalloc (strlen (op_string) + 1); /* don't overwrite VT! */ | |
3893 | strcpy (method_name, op_string); | |
3894 | } | |
3895 | ||
3896 | /* First check if a method of the same name has already been seen. */ | |
3897 | fn_p = fn_list; | |
3898 | while (fn_p) | |
3899 | { | |
3900 | if (STREQ (fn_p->field.name, method_name)) | |
3901 | break; | |
3902 | fn_p = fn_p->next; | |
3903 | } | |
3904 | ||
3905 | /* If no such method was found, allocate a new entry in the list */ | |
3906 | if (!fn_p) | |
3907 | { | |
3908 | /* Get space to record this member function */ | |
3909 | /* Note: alloca used; this will disappear on routine exit */ | |
3910 | fn_new = (struct next_fn_field *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_fn_field)); | |
3911 | fn_new->next = fn_list; | |
3912 | fn_list = fn_new; | |
3913 | ||
3914 | /* Fill in the fields of the struct nextfield */ | |
3915 | ||
3916 | /* Record the (unmangled) method name */ | |
3917 | fn_list->field.name = method_name; | |
3918 | /* Initial space for overloaded methods */ | |
3919 | /* Note: xmalloc is used; this will persist after this routine exits */ | |
3920 | fn_list->field.fn_fields = (struct fn_field *) xmalloc (5 * (sizeof (struct fn_field))); | |
3921 | fn_list->field.length = 1; /* Init # of overloaded instances */ | |
3922 | fn_list->num_fn_fields = 5; /* # of entries for which space allocated */ | |
3923 | fn_p = fn_list; | |
3924 | ix = 0; /* array index for fn_field */ | |
3925 | /* Bump the total count of the distinctly named methods */ | |
3926 | n_fn_fields++; | |
3927 | } | |
3928 | else | |
3929 | /* Another overloaded instance of an already seen method name */ | |
3930 | { | |
3931 | if (++(fn_p->field.length) > fn_p->num_fn_fields) | |
3932 | { | |
3933 | /* Increase space allocated for overloaded instances */ | |
3934 | fn_p->field.fn_fields | |
3935 | = (struct fn_field *) xrealloc (fn_p->field.fn_fields, | |
3936 | (fn_p->num_fn_fields + 5) * sizeof (struct fn_field)); | |
3937 | fn_p->num_fn_fields += 5; | |
3938 | } | |
3939 | ix = fn_p->field.length - 1; /* array index for fn_field */ | |
3940 | } | |
3941 | ||
3942 | /* "physname" is intended to be the name of this overloaded instance. */ | |
3943 | if ((fn_fieldp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) && | |
3944 | method_alias && | |
3945 | *method_alias) /* not a null string */ | |
3946 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].physname = method_alias; | |
3947 | else | |
3948 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].physname = method_name; | |
3949 | /* What's expected here is the function type */ | |
3950 | /* But mark it as NULL if the method was incompletely processed | |
3951 | We'll fix this up later when the method is fully processed */ | |
3952 | if (TYPE_INCOMPLETE (memtype)) | |
ad2f7632 | 3953 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type = NULL; |
8af51c36 | 3954 | else |
ad2f7632 | 3955 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type = memtype; |
42725910 | 3956 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
3957 | /* For virtual functions, fill in the voffset field with the |
3958 | * virtual table offset. (This is just copied over from the | |
3959 | * SOM record; not sure if it is what GDB expects here...). | |
3960 | * But if the function is a static method, set it to 1. | |
3961 | * | |
3962 | * Note that we have to add 1 because 1 indicates a static | |
3963 | * method, and 0 indicates a non-static, non-virtual method */ | |
3964 | ||
3965 | if (static_member) | |
3966 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].voffset = VOFFSET_STATIC; | |
3967 | else | |
3968 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].voffset = vtbl_offset ? vtbl_offset + 1 : 0; | |
3969 | ||
3970 | /* Also fill in the fcontext field with the current | |
3971 | * class. (The latter isn't quite right: should be the baseclass | |
3972 | * that defines the virtual function... Note we do have | |
3973 | * a variable "baseclass" that we could stuff into the fcontext | |
3974 | * field, but "baseclass" isn't necessarily right either, | |
3975 | * since the virtual function could have been defined more | |
3976 | * than one level up). | |
3977 | */ | |
3978 | ||
3979 | if (vtbl_offset != 0) | |
3980 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].fcontext = type; | |
3981 | else | |
3982 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].fcontext = NULL; | |
3983 | ||
3984 | /* Other random fields pertaining to this method */ | |
3985 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_const = const_member; | |
3986 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_volatile = volatile_member; /* ?? */ | |
3987 | switch (fieldp->dgenfield.visibility) | |
3988 | { | |
3989 | case 1: | |
3990 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 1; | |
3991 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 0; | |
3992 | break; | |
3993 | case 2: | |
3994 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 0; | |
3995 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 1; | |
3996 | break; | |
3997 | default: /* public */ | |
3998 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 0; | |
3999 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 0; | |
4000 | } | |
4001 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_stub = 0; | |
4002 | ||
4003 | /* HP aCC emits both MEMFUNC and FUNCTION entries for a method; | |
4004 | if the class points to the FUNCTION, there is usually separate | |
4005 | code for the method; but if we have a MEMFUNC, the method has | |
4006 | been inlined (and there is usually no FUNCTION entry) | |
4007 | FIXME Not sure if this test is accurate. pai/1997-08-22 */ | |
4008 | if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) || | |
4009 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC)) | |
4010 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_inlined = 1; | |
4011 | else | |
4012 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_inlined = 0; | |
4013 | ||
4014 | fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].dummy = 0; | |
4015 | ||
4016 | /* Bump the total count of the member functions */ | |
4017 | n_fn_fields_total++; | |
4018 | ||
4019 | } | |
4020 | else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR) | |
4021 | { | |
4022 | /* This case is for static data members of classes */ | |
4023 | ||
4024 | /* pai:: FIXME -- check that "staticmem" bit is set */ | |
4025 | ||
4026 | /* Get space to record this static member */ | |
4027 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); | |
4028 | new->next = list; | |
4029 | list = new; | |
4030 | ||
4031 | list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dsvar.name; | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4032 | SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (list->field, 0); /* initialize to empty */ |
4033 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dsvar.type, objfile); | |
4034 | ||
4035 | FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = memtype; | |
4036 | list->attributes = 0; | |
4037 | switch (fieldp->dgenfield.visibility) | |
4038 | { | |
4039 | case 1: | |
4040 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT); | |
4041 | break; | |
4042 | case 2: | |
4043 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE); | |
4044 | break; | |
4045 | } | |
4046 | nfields++; | |
4047 | } | |
4048 | ||
4049 | else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FIELD) | |
4050 | { | |
4051 | /* FIELDs follow GENFIELDs for fields of anonymous unions. | |
4052 | Code below is replicated from the case for FIELDs further | |
4053 | below, except that fieldp is replaced by fn_fieldp */ | |
4054 | if (!fn_fieldp->dfield.a_union) | |
4055 | warning ("Debug info inconsistent: FIELD of anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set"); | |
4056 | /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */ | |
4057 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); | |
4058 | new->next = list; | |
4059 | list = new; | |
4060 | ||
4061 | list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfield.name; | |
4062 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fn_fieldp->dfield.bitoffset; | |
4063 | if (fn_fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8) | |
4064 | list->field.bitsize = fn_fieldp->dfield.bitlength; | |
4065 | else | |
4066 | list->field.bitsize = 0; | |
4067 | ||
4068 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dfield.type, objfile); | |
4069 | list->field.type = memtype; | |
4070 | list->attributes = 0; | |
4071 | switch (fn_fieldp->dfield.visibility) | |
4072 | { | |
4073 | case 1: | |
4074 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT); | |
4075 | break; | |
4076 | case 2: | |
4077 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE); | |
4078 | break; | |
4079 | } | |
4080 | nfields++; | |
4081 | } | |
4082 | else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR) | |
4083 | { | |
4084 | /* Field of anonymous union; union is not inside a class */ | |
4085 | if (!fn_fieldp->dsvar.a_union) | |
4086 | warning ("Debug info inconsistent: SVAR field in anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set"); | |
4087 | /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */ | |
4088 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); | |
4089 | new->next = list; | |
4090 | list = new; | |
4091 | ||
4092 | list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dsvar.name; | |
4093 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; /* FIXME is this always true? */ | |
4094 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; /* use length from type */ | |
01ad7f36 | 4095 | FIELD_STATIC_KIND (list->field) = 0; |
8af51c36 EZ |
4096 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dsvar.type, objfile); |
4097 | list->field.type = memtype; | |
4098 | list->attributes = 0; | |
4099 | /* No info to set visibility -- always public */ | |
4100 | nfields++; | |
4101 | } | |
4102 | else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR) | |
4103 | { | |
4104 | /* Field of anonymous union; union is not inside a class */ | |
4105 | if (!fn_fieldp->ddvar.a_union) | |
4106 | warning ("Debug info inconsistent: DVAR field in anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set"); | |
4107 | /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */ | |
4108 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); | |
4109 | new->next = list; | |
4110 | list = new; | |
4111 | ||
4112 | list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->ddvar.name; | |
4113 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; /* FIXME is this always true? */ | |
4114 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; /* use length from type */ | |
01ad7f36 | 4115 | FIELD_STATIC_KIND (list->field) = 0; |
8af51c36 EZ |
4116 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->ddvar.type, objfile); |
4117 | list->field.type = memtype; | |
4118 | list->attributes = 0; | |
4119 | /* No info to set visibility -- always public */ | |
4120 | nfields++; | |
4121 | } | |
4122 | else | |
4123 | { /* Not a method, nor a static data member, nor an anon union field */ | |
4124 | ||
4125 | /* This case is for miscellaneous type entries (local enums, | |
4126 | local function templates, etc.) that can be present | |
4127 | inside a class. */ | |
4128 | ||
4129 | /* Enums -- will be handled by other code that takes care | |
4130 | of DNTT_TYPE_ENUM; here we see only DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM so | |
4131 | it's not clear we could have handled them here at all. */ | |
4132 | /* FUNC_TEMPLATE: is handled by other code (?). */ | |
4133 | /* MEMACCESS: modified access for inherited member. Not | |
4134 | sure what to do with this, ignoriing it at present. */ | |
4135 | ||
4136 | /* What other entries can appear following a GENFIELD which | |
4137 | we do not handle above? (MODIFIER, VFUNC handled above.) */ | |
4138 | ||
4139 | if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS) && | |
4140 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM) && | |
4141 | (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE)) | |
4142 | warning ("Internal error: Unexpected debug record kind %d found following DNTT_GENFIELD", | |
4143 | fn_fieldp->dblock.kind); | |
4144 | } | |
4145 | /* walk to the next FIELD or GENFIELD */ | |
4146 | field = fieldp->dgenfield.nextfield; | |
4147 | ||
4148 | } | |
4149 | else if (fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FIELD) | |
4150 | { | |
4151 | ||
4152 | /* Ordinary structure/union/class field */ | |
4153 | struct type *anon_union_type; | |
4154 | ||
4155 | /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */ | |
4156 | new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield)); | |
4157 | new->next = list; | |
4158 | list = new; | |
4159 | ||
4160 | list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dfield.name; | |
4161 | ||
4162 | ||
4163 | /* A FIELD by itself (without a GENFIELD) can also be a static member */ | |
01ad7f36 | 4164 | FIELD_STATIC_KIND (list->field) = 0; |
8af51c36 EZ |
4165 | if (fieldp->dfield.staticmem) |
4166 | { | |
4167 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = -1; | |
4168 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; | |
4169 | } | |
4170 | else | |
4171 | /* Non-static data member */ | |
4172 | { | |
4173 | FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitoffset; | |
4174 | if (fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8) | |
4175 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitlength; | |
4176 | else | |
4177 | FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; | |
4178 | } | |
4179 | ||
4180 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fieldp->dfield.type, objfile); | |
4181 | FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = memtype; | |
4182 | list->attributes = 0; | |
4183 | switch (fieldp->dfield.visibility) | |
4184 | { | |
4185 | case 1: | |
4186 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT); | |
4187 | break; | |
4188 | case 2: | |
4189 | B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE); | |
4190 | break; | |
4191 | } | |
4192 | nfields++; | |
4193 | ||
4194 | ||
4195 | /* Note 1: First, we have to check if the current field is an anonymous | |
4196 | union. If it is, then *its* fields are threaded along in the | |
4197 | nextfield chain. :-( This was supposed to help debuggers, but is | |
4198 | really just a nuisance since we deal with anonymous unions anyway by | |
4199 | checking that the name is null. So anyway, we skip over the fields | |
4200 | of the anonymous union. pai/1997-08-22 */ | |
4201 | /* Note 2: In addition, the bitoffsets for the fields of the anon union | |
4202 | are relative to the enclosing struct, *NOT* relative to the anon | |
4203 | union! This is an even bigger nuisance -- we have to go in and munge | |
4204 | the anon union's type information appropriately. pai/1997-08-22 */ | |
c906108c | 4205 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4206 | /* Both tasks noted above are done by a separate function. This takes us |
4207 | to the next FIELD or GENFIELD, skipping anon unions, and recursively | |
4208 | processing intermediate types. */ | |
4209 | field = hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (1, field, &fieldp, objfile); | |
4210 | ||
4211 | } | |
c906108c | 4212 | else |
c906108c | 4213 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
4214 | /* neither field nor genfield ?? is this possible?? */ |
4215 | /* pai:: FIXME walk to the next -- how? */ | |
4216 | warning ("Internal error: unexpected DNTT kind %d encountered as field of struct", | |
4217 | fieldp->dblock.kind); | |
4218 | warning ("Skipping remaining fields of struct"); | |
4219 | break; /* get out of loop of fields */ | |
c906108c | 4220 | } |
8af51c36 | 4221 | } |
c906108c | 4222 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4223 | /* If it's a template, read in the instantiation list */ |
4224 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) | |
4225 | { | |
4226 | ninstantiations = 0; | |
4227 | field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.expansions; | |
4228 | while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL) | |
4229 | { | |
4230 | fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
4231 | ||
4232 | /* The expansions or nextexp should point to a tagdef */ | |
4233 | if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF) | |
4234 | break; | |
4235 | ||
4236 | i_new = (struct next_instantiation *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_instantiation)); | |
4237 | i_new->next = i_list; | |
4238 | i_list = i_new; | |
4239 | i_list->t = hpread_type_lookup (field, objfile); | |
4240 | ninstantiations++; | |
4241 | ||
4242 | /* And the "type" field of that should point to a class */ | |
4243 | field = fieldp->dtag.type; | |
4244 | fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
4245 | if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_CLASS) | |
4246 | break; | |
4247 | ||
4248 | /* Get the next expansion */ | |
4249 | field = fieldp->dclass.nextexp; | |
4250 | } | |
4251 | } | |
4252 | TYPE_NINSTANTIATIONS (type) = ninstantiations; | |
4253 | if (ninstantiations > 0) | |
4254 | TYPE_INSTANTIATIONS (type) = (struct type **) | |
4255 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct type *) * ninstantiations); | |
4256 | for (n = ninstantiations; i_list; i_list = i_list->next) | |
4257 | { | |
4258 | n -= 1; | |
4259 | TYPE_INSTANTIATION (type, n) = i_list->t; | |
c906108c SS |
4260 | } |
4261 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
4262 | |
4263 | /* Copy the field-list to GDB's symbol table */ | |
4264 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields; | |
4265 | TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) = n_base_classes; | |
c906108c | 4266 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
8af51c36 EZ |
4267 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
4268 | /* Copy the saved-up fields into the field vector. */ | |
4269 | for (n = nfields, tmp_list = list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next) | |
4270 | { | |
4271 | n -= 1; | |
4272 | TYPE_FIELD (type, n) = tmp_list->field; | |
4273 | } | |
c906108c | 4274 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4275 | /* Copy the "function-field-list" (i.e., the list of member |
4276 | * functions in the class) to GDB's symbol table | |
4277 | */ | |
4278 | TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) = n_fn_fields; | |
4279 | TYPE_NFN_FIELDS_TOTAL (type) = n_fn_fields_total; | |
4280 | TYPE_FN_FIELDLISTS (type) = (struct fn_fieldlist *) | |
4281 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct fn_fieldlist) * n_fn_fields); | |
4282 | for (n = n_fn_fields; fn_list; fn_list = fn_list->next) | |
c906108c | 4283 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
4284 | n -= 1; |
4285 | TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST (type, n) = fn_list->field; | |
4286 | } | |
4287 | ||
4288 | /* pai:: FIXME -- perhaps each bitvector should be created individually */ | |
4289 | for (n = nfields, tmp_list = list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next) | |
4290 | { | |
4291 | n -= 1; | |
4292 | if (tmp_list->attributes) | |
c906108c | 4293 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
4294 | need_bitvectors = 1; |
4295 | break; | |
c906108c | 4296 | } |
c906108c | 4297 | } |
c906108c | 4298 | |
8af51c36 | 4299 | if (need_bitvectors) |
c906108c | 4300 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
4301 | /* pai:: this step probably redundant */ |
4302 | ALLOCATE_CPLUS_STRUCT_TYPE (type); | |
c906108c | 4303 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4304 | TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) = |
4305 | (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields)); | |
4306 | B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type), nfields); | |
c906108c | 4307 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4308 | TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) = |
4309 | (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields)); | |
4310 | B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type), nfields); | |
c906108c | 4311 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4312 | TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) = |
4313 | (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields)); | |
4314 | B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type), nfields); | |
4315 | ||
4316 | /* this field vector isn't actually used with HP aCC */ | |
4317 | TYPE_FIELD_IGNORE_BITS (type) = | |
4318 | (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields)); | |
4319 | B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_IGNORE_BITS (type), nfields); | |
4320 | ||
4321 | while (nfields-- > 0) | |
4322 | { | |
4323 | if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_VIRTUAL)) | |
4324 | SET_TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL (type, nfields); | |
4325 | if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE)) | |
4326 | SET_TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE (type, nfields); | |
4327 | if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT)) | |
4328 | SET_TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED (type, nfields); | |
4329 | ||
4330 | list = list->next; | |
4331 | } | |
4332 | } | |
4333 | else | |
c906108c | 4334 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
4335 | TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) = NULL; |
4336 | TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) = NULL; | |
4337 | TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) = NULL; | |
c906108c | 4338 | } |
8af51c36 EZ |
4339 | |
4340 | if (has_vtable (type)) | |
c906108c | 4341 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
4342 | /* Allocate space for class runtime information */ |
4343 | TYPE_RUNTIME_PTR (type) = (struct runtime_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct runtime_info)); | |
4344 | /* Set flag for vtable */ | |
4345 | TYPE_VTABLE (type) = 1; | |
4346 | /* The first non-virtual base class with a vtable. */ | |
4347 | TYPE_PRIMARY_BASE (type) = primary_base_class (type); | |
4348 | /* The virtual base list. */ | |
4349 | TYPE_VIRTUAL_BASE_LIST (type) = virtual_base_list (type); | |
c906108c SS |
4350 | } |
4351 | else | |
8af51c36 | 4352 | TYPE_RUNTIME_PTR (type) = NULL; |
c906108c | 4353 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4354 | /* If this is a local type (C++ - declared inside a function), record file name & line # */ |
4355 | if (hpread_get_scope_depth (dn_bufp, objfile, 1 /* no need for real depth */ )) | |
4356 | { | |
4357 | TYPE_LOCALTYPE_PTR (type) = (struct local_type_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct local_type_info)); | |
4358 | TYPE_LOCALTYPE_FILE (type) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (current_subfile->name) + 1); | |
4359 | strcpy (TYPE_LOCALTYPE_FILE (type), current_subfile->name); | |
4360 | if (current_subfile->line_vector && (current_subfile->line_vector->nitems > 0)) | |
4361 | TYPE_LOCALTYPE_LINE (type) = current_subfile->line_vector->item[current_subfile->line_vector->nitems - 1].line; | |
4362 | else | |
4363 | TYPE_LOCALTYPE_LINE (type) = 0; | |
4364 | } | |
4365 | else | |
4366 | TYPE_LOCALTYPE_PTR (type) = NULL; | |
c906108c | 4367 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4368 | /* Clear the global saying what template we are in the middle of processing */ |
4369 | current_template = NULL; | |
c906108c | 4370 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4371 | return type; |
4372 | } | |
c906108c | 4373 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4374 | /* Adjust the physnames for each static member of a struct |
4375 | or class type to be something like "A::x"; then various | |
4376 | other pieces of code that do a lookup_symbol on the phyname | |
4377 | work correctly. | |
4378 | TYPE is a pointer to the struct/class type | |
4379 | NAME is a char * (string) which is the class/struct name | |
4380 | Void return */ | |
c906108c | 4381 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4382 | static void |
4383 | fix_static_member_physnames (struct type *type, char *class_name, | |
4384 | struct objfile *objfile) | |
4385 | { | |
4386 | int i; | |
c906108c | 4387 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4388 | /* We fix the member names only for classes or structs */ |
4389 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) | |
4390 | return; | |
4391 | ||
4392 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++) | |
4393 | if (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC (type, i)) | |
4394 | { | |
4395 | if (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i)) | |
4396 | return; /* physnames are already set */ | |
4397 | ||
0004e5a2 | 4398 | SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (TYPE_FIELDS (type)[i], |
8af51c36 EZ |
4399 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, |
4400 | strlen (class_name) + strlen (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i)) + 3)); | |
4401 | strcpy (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), class_name); | |
4402 | strcat (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), "::"); | |
4403 | strcat (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i)); | |
4404 | } | |
4405 | } | |
4406 | ||
4407 | /* Fix-up the type structure for a CLASS so that the type entry | |
4408 | * for a method (previously marked with a null type in hpread_read_struct_type() | |
4409 | * is set correctly to METHOD. | |
4410 | * OBJFILE is as for other such functions. | |
4411 | * Void return. */ | |
4412 | ||
4413 | static void | |
4414 | fixup_class_method_type (struct type *class, struct type *method, | |
4415 | struct objfile *objfile) | |
4416 | { | |
4417 | int i, j, k; | |
4418 | ||
4419 | if (!class || !method || !objfile) | |
4420 | return; | |
4421 | ||
4422 | /* Only for types that have methods */ | |
4423 | if ((TYPE_CODE (class) != TYPE_CODE_CLASS) && | |
4424 | (TYPE_CODE (class) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)) | |
4425 | return; | |
4426 | ||
4427 | /* Loop over all methods and find the one marked with a NULL type */ | |
4428 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (class); i++) | |
4429 | for (j = 0; j < TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_LENGTH (class, i); j++) | |
4430 | if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j) == NULL) | |
4431 | { | |
4432 | /* Set the method type */ | |
4433 | TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j) = method; | |
8af51c36 | 4434 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4435 | /* Break out of both loops -- only one method to fix up in a class */ |
4436 | goto finish; | |
4437 | } | |
4438 | ||
4439 | finish: | |
4440 | TYPE_FLAGS (class) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE; | |
4441 | } | |
4442 | ||
4443 | ||
4444 | /* If we're in the middle of processing a template, get a pointer | |
4445 | * to the Nth template argument. | |
4446 | * An example may make this clearer: | |
4447 | * template <class T1, class T2> class q2 { | |
4448 | * public: | |
4449 | * T1 a; | |
4450 | * T2 b; | |
4451 | * }; | |
4452 | * The type for "a" will be "first template arg" and | |
4453 | * the type for "b" will be "second template arg". | |
4454 | * We need to look these up in order to fill in "a" and "b"'s type. | |
4455 | * This is called from hpread_type_lookup(). | |
4456 | */ | |
4457 | static struct type * | |
4458 | hpread_get_nth_template_arg (struct objfile *objfile, int n) | |
4459 | { | |
4460 | if (current_template != NULL) | |
4461 | return TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG (current_template, n).type; | |
4462 | else | |
4463 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_TEMPLATE_ARG); | |
4464 | } | |
4465 | ||
4466 | /* Read in and internalize a TEMPL_ARG (template arg) symbol. */ | |
4467 | ||
4468 | static struct type * | |
4469 | hpread_read_templ_arg_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, | |
4470 | struct objfile *objfile, char *name) | |
4471 | { | |
4472 | struct type *type; | |
4473 | ||
4474 | /* See if it's something we've already deal with. */ | |
4475 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); | |
4476 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE_ARG) | |
4477 | return type; | |
4478 | ||
4479 | /* Nope. Fill in the appropriate fields. */ | |
4480 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE_ARG; | |
4481 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; | |
4482 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0; | |
4483 | TYPE_NAME (type) = name; | |
c906108c SS |
4484 | return type; |
4485 | } | |
4486 | ||
4487 | /* Read in and internalize a set debug symbol. */ | |
4488 | ||
4489 | static struct type * | |
fba45db2 KB |
4490 | hpread_read_set_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
4491 | struct objfile *objfile) | |
c906108c SS |
4492 | { |
4493 | struct type *type; | |
4494 | ||
4495 | /* See if it's something we've already deal with. */ | |
4496 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); | |
4497 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_SET) | |
4498 | return type; | |
4499 | ||
4500 | /* Nope. Fill in the appropriate fields. */ | |
4501 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_SET; | |
4502 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dset.bitlength / 8; | |
4503 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0; | |
4504 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dset.subtype, | |
4505 | objfile); | |
4506 | return type; | |
4507 | } | |
4508 | ||
4509 | /* Read in and internalize an array debug symbol. */ | |
4510 | ||
4511 | static struct type * | |
fba45db2 KB |
4512 | hpread_read_array_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
4513 | struct objfile *objfile) | |
c906108c SS |
4514 | { |
4515 | struct type *type; | |
c906108c | 4516 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4517 | /* Allocate an array type symbol. |
4518 | * Why no check for already-read here, like in the other | |
4519 | * hpread_read_xxx_type routines? Because it kept us | |
4520 | * from properly determining the size of the array! | |
4521 | */ | |
c906108c SS |
4522 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); |
4523 | ||
4524 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY; | |
4525 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
4526 | /* Although the hp-symtab.h does not *require* this to be the case, |
4527 | * GDB is assuming that "arrayisbytes" and "elemisbytes" be consistent. | |
4528 | * I.e., express both array-length and element-length in bits, | |
4529 | * or express both array-length and element-length in bytes. | |
4530 | */ | |
4531 | if (!((dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes) || | |
4532 | (!dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && !dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes))) | |
4533 | { | |
4534 | warning ("error in hpread_array_type.\n"); | |
4535 | return NULL; | |
4536 | } | |
c906108c SS |
4537 | else if (dn_bufp->darray.arraylength == 0x7fffffff) |
4538 | { | |
4539 | /* The HP debug format represents char foo[]; as an array with | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4540 | * length 0x7fffffff. Internally GDB wants to represent this |
4541 | * as an array of length zero. | |
4542 | */ | |
c5aa993b | 4543 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
c906108c | 4544 | } |
8af51c36 EZ |
4545 | else if (dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes) |
4546 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->darray.arraylength; | |
4547 | else /* arraylength is in bits */ | |
c906108c SS |
4548 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->darray.arraylength / 8; |
4549 | ||
c906108c SS |
4550 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->darray.elemtype, |
4551 | objfile); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4552 | |
4553 | /* The one "field" is used to store the subscript type */ | |
4554 | /* Since C and C++ multi-dimensional arrays are simply represented | |
4555 | * as: array of array of ..., we only need one subscript-type | |
4556 | * per array. This subscript type is typically a subrange of integer. | |
4557 | * If this gets extended to support languages like Pascal, then | |
4558 | * we need to fix this to represent multi-dimensional arrays properly. | |
4559 | */ | |
4560 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 1; | |
c906108c SS |
4561 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
4562 | obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field)); | |
4563 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->darray.indextype, | |
4564 | objfile); | |
4565 | return type; | |
4566 | } | |
4567 | ||
4568 | /* Read in and internalize a subrange debug symbol. */ | |
4569 | static struct type * | |
fba45db2 KB |
4570 | hpread_read_subrange_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, |
4571 | struct objfile *objfile) | |
c906108c SS |
4572 | { |
4573 | struct type *type; | |
4574 | ||
4575 | /* Is it something we've already dealt with. */ | |
4576 | type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile); | |
4577 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) | |
4578 | return type; | |
4579 | ||
4580 | /* Nope, internalize it. */ | |
4581 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_RANGE; | |
4582 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dsubr.bitlength / 8; | |
4583 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 2; | |
4584 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) | |
4585 | = (struct field *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, | |
4586 | 2 * sizeof (struct field)); | |
4587 | ||
4588 | if (dn_bufp->dsubr.dyn_low) | |
4589 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 0) = 0; | |
4590 | else | |
4591 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 0) = dn_bufp->dsubr.lowbound; | |
4592 | ||
4593 | if (dn_bufp->dsubr.dyn_high) | |
4594 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 1) = -1; | |
4595 | else | |
4596 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 1) = dn_bufp->dsubr.highbound; | |
4597 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dsubr.subtype, | |
4598 | objfile); | |
4599 | return type; | |
4600 | } | |
4601 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
4602 | /* struct type * hpread_type_lookup(hp_type, objfile) |
4603 | * Arguments: | |
4604 | * hp_type: A pointer into the DNTT specifying what type we | |
4605 | * are about to "look up"., or else [for fundamental types | |
4606 | * like int, float, ...] an "immediate" structure describing | |
4607 | * the type. | |
4608 | * objfile: ? | |
4609 | * Return value: A pointer to a "struct type" (representation of a | |
4610 | * type in GDB's internal symbol table - see gdbtypes.h) | |
4611 | * Routine description: | |
4612 | * There are a variety of places when scanning the DNTT when we | |
4613 | * need to interpret a "type" field. The simplest and most basic | |
4614 | * example is when we're processing the symbol table record | |
4615 | * for a data symbol (a SVAR or DVAR record). That has | |
4616 | * a "type" field specifying the type of the data symbol. That | |
4617 | * "type" field is either an "immediate" type specification (for the | |
4618 | * fundamental types) or a DNTT pointer (for more complicated types). | |
4619 | * For the more complicated types, we may or may not have already | |
4620 | * processed the pointed-to type. (Multiple data symbols can of course | |
4621 | * share the same type). | |
4622 | * The job of hpread_type_lookup() is to process this "type" field. | |
4623 | * Most of the real work is done in subroutines. Here we interpret | |
4624 | * the immediate flag. If not immediate, chase the DNTT pointer to | |
4625 | * find our way to the SOM record describing the type, switch on | |
4626 | * the SOM kind, and then call an appropriate subroutine depending | |
4627 | * on what kind of type we are constructing. (e.g., an array type, | |
4628 | * a struct/class type, etc). | |
4629 | */ | |
c906108c | 4630 | static struct type * |
fba45db2 | 4631 | hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile) |
c906108c SS |
4632 | { |
4633 | union dnttentry *dn_bufp; | |
8af51c36 | 4634 | struct type *tmp_type; |
c906108c SS |
4635 | |
4636 | /* First see if it's a simple builtin type. */ | |
4637 | if (hp_type.dntti.immediate) | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4638 | { |
4639 | /* If this is a template argument, the argument number is | |
4640 | * encoded in the bitlength. All other cases, just return | |
4641 | * GDB's representation of this fundamental type. | |
4642 | */ | |
4643 | if (hp_type.dntti.type == HP_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG) | |
4644 | return hpread_get_nth_template_arg (objfile, hp_type.dntti.bitlength); | |
4645 | else | |
4646 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, | |
4647 | hpread_type_translate (hp_type)); | |
4648 | } | |
c906108c SS |
4649 | |
4650 | /* Not a builtin type. We'll have to read it in. */ | |
4651 | if (hp_type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)) | |
4652 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_type.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
4653 | else | |
8af51c36 | 4654 | /* This is a fancy way of returning NULL */ |
c906108c SS |
4655 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID); |
4656 | ||
4657 | switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind) | |
4658 | { | |
4659 | case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE: | |
4660 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: | |
c906108c SS |
4661 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY: |
4662 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: | |
4663 | case DNTT_TYPE_END: | |
4664 | case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT: | |
4665 | case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL: | |
c906108c SS |
4666 | case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM: |
4667 | case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR: | |
4668 | case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR: | |
4669 | case DNTT_TYPE_CONST: | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4670 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM: |
4671 | case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT: | |
4672 | case DNTT_TYPE_FILE: | |
4673 | case DNTT_TYPE_WITH: | |
4674 | case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON: | |
4675 | case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT: | |
4676 | case DNTT_TYPE_XREF: | |
4677 | case DNTT_TYPE_SA: | |
4678 | case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO: | |
4679 | case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA: | |
4680 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE: | |
4681 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS: | |
4682 | case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE: | |
4683 | case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID: | |
4684 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS: | |
4685 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC: | |
4686 | /* These are not types - something went wrong. */ | |
4687 | /* This is a fancy way of returning NULL */ | |
c906108c SS |
4688 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID); |
4689 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
4690 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: |
4691 | /* We wind up here when dealing with class member functions | |
4692 | * (called from hpread_read_struct_type(), i.e. when processing | |
4693 | * the class definition itself). | |
4694 | */ | |
4695 | return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); | |
4696 | ||
4697 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION: | |
4698 | return hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); | |
4699 | ||
c906108c SS |
4700 | case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF: |
4701 | { | |
8af51c36 | 4702 | /* A typedef - chase it down by making a recursive call */ |
c906108c SS |
4703 | struct type *structtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, |
4704 | objfile); | |
c906108c | 4705 | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4706 | /* The following came from the base hpread.c that we inherited. |
4707 | * It is WRONG so I have commented it out. - RT | |
4708 | *... | |
4709 | ||
4710 | char *suffix; | |
4711 | suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name; | |
4712 | TYPE_NAME (structtype) = suffix; | |
4713 | ||
4714 | * ... further explanation .... | |
4715 | * | |
4716 | * What we have here is a typedef pointing to a typedef. | |
4717 | * E.g., | |
4718 | * typedef int foo; | |
4719 | * typedef foo fum; | |
4720 | * | |
4721 | * What we desire to build is (these are pictures | |
4722 | * of "struct type"'s): | |
4723 | * | |
4724 | * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+ | |
4725 | * | typedef | | typedef | | fund. type | | |
4726 | * | type| -> | type| -> | | | |
4727 | * | "fum" | | "foo" | | "int" | | |
4728 | * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+ | |
4729 | * | |
4730 | * What this commented-out code is doing is smashing the | |
4731 | * name of pointed-to-type to be the same as the pointed-from | |
4732 | * type. So we wind up with something like: | |
4733 | * | |
4734 | * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+ | |
4735 | * | typedef | | typedef | | fund. type | | |
4736 | * | type| -> | type| -> | | | |
4737 | * | "fum" | | "fum" | | "fum" | | |
4738 | * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+ | |
4739 | * | |
4740 | */ | |
4741 | ||
c906108c SS |
4742 | return structtype; |
4743 | } | |
4744 | ||
4745 | case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF: | |
4746 | { | |
4747 | /* Just a little different from above. We have to tack on | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4748 | * an identifier of some kind (struct, union, enum, class, etc). |
4749 | */ | |
c906108c SS |
4750 | struct type *structtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, |
4751 | objfile); | |
4752 | char *prefix, *suffix; | |
4753 | suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name; | |
4754 | ||
4755 | /* Lookup the next type in the list. It should be a structure, | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4756 | * union, class, enum, or template type. |
4757 | * We will need to attach that to our name. | |
4758 | */ | |
c906108c SS |
4759 | if (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)) |
4760 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
4761 | else | |
8af51c36 | 4762 | { |
23136709 | 4763 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, "error in hpread_type_lookup()."); |
8af51c36 EZ |
4764 | return NULL; |
4765 | } | |
c906108c SS |
4766 | |
4767 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT) | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4768 | { |
4769 | prefix = "struct "; | |
4770 | } | |
c906108c | 4771 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION) |
8af51c36 EZ |
4772 | { |
4773 | prefix = "union "; | |
4774 | } | |
4775 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS) | |
4776 | { | |
4777 | /* Further field for CLASS saying how it was really declared */ | |
4778 | /* 0==class, 1==union, 2==struct */ | |
4779 | if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 0) | |
4780 | prefix = "class "; | |
4781 | else if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 1) | |
4782 | prefix = "union "; | |
4783 | else if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 2) | |
4784 | prefix = "struct "; | |
4785 | else | |
4786 | prefix = ""; | |
4787 | } | |
4788 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM) | |
4789 | { | |
4790 | prefix = "enum "; | |
4791 | } | |
4792 | else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) | |
4793 | { | |
4794 | prefix = "template "; | |
4795 | } | |
c906108c | 4796 | else |
8af51c36 EZ |
4797 | { |
4798 | prefix = ""; | |
4799 | } | |
c906108c SS |
4800 | |
4801 | /* Build the correct name. */ | |
0004e5a2 | 4802 | TYPE_NAME (structtype) |
c906108c SS |
4803 | = (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, |
4804 | strlen (prefix) + strlen (suffix) + 1); | |
4805 | TYPE_NAME (structtype) = strcpy (TYPE_NAME (structtype), prefix); | |
4806 | TYPE_NAME (structtype) = strcat (TYPE_NAME (structtype), suffix); | |
4807 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (structtype) = suffix; | |
4808 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
4809 | /* For classes/structs, we have to set the static member "physnames" |
4810 | to point to strings like "Class::Member" */ | |
4811 | if (TYPE_CODE (structtype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) | |
4812 | fix_static_member_physnames (structtype, suffix, objfile); | |
c906108c SS |
4813 | |
4814 | return structtype; | |
4815 | } | |
8af51c36 | 4816 | |
c906108c | 4817 | case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER: |
8af51c36 EZ |
4818 | /* Pointer type - call a routine in gdbtypes.c that constructs |
4819 | * the appropriate GDB type. | |
4820 | */ | |
4821 | return make_pointer_type ( | |
4822 | hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptr.pointsto, | |
4823 | objfile), | |
4824 | NULL); | |
4825 | ||
4826 | case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE: | |
4827 | /* C++ reference type - call a routine in gdbtypes.c that constructs | |
4828 | * the appropriate GDB type. | |
4829 | */ | |
4830 | return make_reference_type ( | |
4831 | hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dreference.pointsto, | |
4832 | objfile), | |
4833 | NULL); | |
4834 | ||
c906108c SS |
4835 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM: |
4836 | return hpread_read_enum_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); | |
c906108c SS |
4837 | case DNTT_TYPE_SET: |
4838 | return hpread_read_set_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); | |
4839 | case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE: | |
4840 | return hpread_read_subrange_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); | |
4841 | case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY: | |
4842 | return hpread_read_array_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); | |
4843 | case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT: | |
4844 | case DNTT_TYPE_UNION: | |
4845 | return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); | |
4846 | case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD: | |
4847 | return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfield.type, objfile); | |
8af51c36 | 4848 | |
c906108c | 4849 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE: |
8af51c36 EZ |
4850 | /* Here we want to read the function SOMs and return a |
4851 | * type for it. We get here, for instance, when processing | |
4852 | * pointer-to-function type. | |
4853 | */ | |
4854 | return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); | |
4855 | ||
4856 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM: | |
4857 | /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-data-member type. | |
4858 | * The "pointsto" field defines the class, | |
4859 | * while the "memtype" field defines the pointed-to-type. | |
4860 | */ | |
4861 | { | |
4862 | struct type *ptrmemtype; | |
4863 | struct type *class_type; | |
4864 | struct type *memtype; | |
4865 | memtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.memtype, | |
4866 | objfile), | |
4867 | class_type = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.pointsto, | |
4868 | objfile), | |
4869 | ptrmemtype = alloc_type (objfile); | |
4870 | smash_to_member_type (ptrmemtype, class_type, memtype); | |
4871 | return make_pointer_type (ptrmemtype, NULL); | |
4872 | } | |
4873 | break; | |
4874 | ||
4875 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC: | |
4876 | /* Defines a C++ pointer-to-function-member type. | |
4877 | * The "pointsto" field defines the class, | |
4878 | * while the "memtype" field defines the pointed-to-type. | |
4879 | */ | |
4880 | { | |
4881 | struct type *ptrmemtype; | |
4882 | struct type *class_type; | |
4883 | struct type *functype; | |
4884 | struct type *retvaltype; | |
4885 | int nargs; | |
4886 | int i; | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4887 | class_type = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.pointsto, |
4888 | objfile); | |
4889 | functype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.memtype, | |
4890 | objfile); | |
4891 | retvaltype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (functype); | |
4892 | nargs = TYPE_NFIELDS (functype); | |
8af51c36 | 4893 | ptrmemtype = alloc_type (objfile); |
ad2f7632 DJ |
4894 | |
4895 | smash_to_method_type (ptrmemtype, class_type, retvaltype, | |
4896 | TYPE_FIELDS (functype), | |
4897 | TYPE_NFIELDS (functype), | |
4898 | 0); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
4899 | return make_pointer_type (ptrmemtype, NULL); |
4900 | } | |
4901 | break; | |
4902 | ||
4903 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS: | |
4904 | return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); | |
4905 | ||
4906 | case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD: | |
4907 | /* Chase pointer from GENFIELD to FIELD, and make recursive | |
4908 | * call on that. | |
4909 | */ | |
4910 | return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dgenfield.field, objfile); | |
4911 | ||
4912 | case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC: | |
4913 | /* C++ virtual function. | |
4914 | * We get here in the course of processing a class type which | |
4915 | * contains virtual functions. Just go through another level | |
4916 | * of indirection to get to the pointed-to function SOM. | |
4917 | */ | |
4918 | return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dvfunc.funcptr, objfile); | |
4919 | ||
4920 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER: | |
4921 | /* Check the modifiers and then just make a recursive call on | |
4922 | * the "type" pointed to by the modifier DNTT. | |
4923 | * | |
4924 | * pai:: FIXME -- do we ever want to handle "m_duplicate" and | |
4925 | * "m_void" modifiers? Is static_flag really needed here? | |
4926 | * (m_static used for methods of classes, elsewhere). | |
4927 | */ | |
4928 | tmp_type = make_cv_type (dn_bufp->dmodifier.m_const, | |
4929 | dn_bufp->dmodifier.m_volatile, | |
4930 | hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dmodifier.type, objfile), | |
4931 | 0); | |
4932 | return tmp_type; | |
4933 | ||
4934 | ||
4935 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC: | |
4936 | /* Member function. Treat like a function. | |
4937 | * I think we get here in the course of processing a | |
4938 | * pointer-to-member-function type... | |
4939 | */ | |
4940 | return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); | |
4941 | ||
4942 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC: | |
4943 | return hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); | |
4944 | ||
4945 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE: | |
4946 | /* Template - sort of the header for a template definition, | |
4947 | * which like a class, points to a member list and also points | |
4948 | * to a TEMPLATE_ARG list of type-arguments. | |
4949 | */ | |
4950 | return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile); | |
4951 | ||
4952 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG: | |
4953 | { | |
4954 | char *name; | |
4955 | /* The TEMPLATE record points to an argument list of | |
4956 | * TEMPLATE_ARG records, each of which describes one | |
4957 | * of the type-arguments. | |
4958 | */ | |
4959 | name = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtempl_arg.name; | |
4960 | return hpread_read_templ_arg_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, name); | |
4961 | } | |
4962 | ||
4963 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE: | |
4964 | /* We wind up here when processing a TEMPLATE type, | |
4965 | * if the template has member function(s). | |
4966 | * Treat it like a FUNCTION. | |
4967 | */ | |
4968 | return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0); | |
4969 | ||
4970 | case DNTT_TYPE_LINK: | |
4971 | /* The LINK record is used to link up templates with instantiations. | |
4972 | * There is no type associated with the LINK record per se. | |
4973 | */ | |
4974 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID); | |
4975 | ||
4976 | /* Also not yet handled... */ | |
4977 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC: */ | |
4978 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE: */ | |
4979 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT: */ | |
4980 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_INLN: */ | |
4981 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST: */ | |
4982 | /* case DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS: */ | |
c906108c | 4983 | default: |
8af51c36 | 4984 | /* A fancy way of returning NULL */ |
c906108c SS |
4985 | return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID); |
4986 | } | |
4987 | } | |
4988 | ||
4989 | static sltpointer | |
fba45db2 KB |
4990 | hpread_record_lines (struct subfile *subfile, sltpointer s_idx, |
4991 | sltpointer e_idx, struct objfile *objfile, | |
4992 | CORE_ADDR offset) | |
c906108c SS |
4993 | { |
4994 | union sltentry *sl_bufp; | |
4995 | ||
4996 | while (s_idx <= e_idx) | |
4997 | { | |
4998 | sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (s_idx, objfile); | |
4999 | /* Only record "normal" entries in the SLT. */ | |
5000 | if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL | |
5001 | || sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_EXIT) | |
5002 | record_line (subfile, sl_bufp->snorm.line, | |
5003 | sl_bufp->snorm.address + offset); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5004 | else if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) |
5005 | record_line (subfile, sl_bufp->snormoff.line, | |
5006 | sl_bufp->snormoff.address + offset); | |
c906108c SS |
5007 | s_idx++; |
5008 | } | |
5009 | return e_idx; | |
5010 | } | |
5011 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
5012 | /* Given a function "f" which is a member of a class, find |
5013 | * the classname that it is a member of. Used to construct | |
5014 | * the name (e.g., "c::f") which GDB will put in the | |
5015 | * "demangled name" field of the function's symbol. | |
5016 | * Called from hpread_process_one_debug_symbol() | |
5017 | * If "f" is not a member function, return NULL. | |
5018 | */ | |
5019 | char * | |
5020 | class_of (struct type *functype) | |
5021 | { | |
5022 | struct type *first_param_type; | |
5023 | char *first_param_name; | |
5024 | struct type *pointed_to_type; | |
5025 | char *class_name; | |
5026 | ||
5027 | /* Check that the function has a first argument "this", | |
5028 | * and that "this" is a pointer to a class. If not, | |
5029 | * functype is not a member function, so return NULL. | |
5030 | */ | |
5031 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (functype) == 0) | |
5032 | return NULL; | |
5033 | first_param_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (functype, 0); | |
5034 | if (first_param_name == NULL) | |
5035 | return NULL; /* paranoia */ | |
5036 | if (strcmp (first_param_name, "this")) | |
5037 | return NULL; | |
5038 | first_param_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (functype, 0); | |
5039 | if (first_param_type == NULL) | |
5040 | return NULL; /* paranoia */ | |
5041 | if (TYPE_CODE (first_param_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) | |
5042 | return NULL; | |
5043 | ||
5044 | /* Get the thing that "this" points to, check that | |
5045 | * it's a class, and get its class name. | |
5046 | */ | |
5047 | pointed_to_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (first_param_type); | |
5048 | if (pointed_to_type == NULL) | |
5049 | return NULL; /* paranoia */ | |
5050 | if (TYPE_CODE (pointed_to_type) != TYPE_CODE_CLASS) | |
5051 | return NULL; | |
5052 | class_name = TYPE_NAME (pointed_to_type); | |
5053 | if (class_name == NULL) | |
5054 | return NULL; /* paranoia */ | |
5055 | ||
5056 | /* The class name may be of the form "class c", in which case | |
5057 | * we want to strip off the leading "class ". | |
5058 | */ | |
5059 | if (strncmp (class_name, "class ", 6) == 0) | |
5060 | class_name += 6; | |
5061 | ||
5062 | return class_name; | |
5063 | } | |
5064 | ||
5065 | /* Internalize one native debug symbol. | |
5066 | * Called in a loop from hpread_expand_symtab(). | |
5067 | * Arguments: | |
5068 | * dn_bufp: | |
5069 | * name: | |
5070 | * section_offsets: | |
5071 | * objfile: | |
5072 | * text_offset: | |
5073 | * text_size: | |
5074 | * filename: | |
5075 | * index: Index of this symbol | |
5076 | * at_module_boundary_p Pointer to boolean flag to control caller's loop. | |
5077 | */ | |
c906108c SS |
5078 | |
5079 | static void | |
fba45db2 KB |
5080 | hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (union dnttentry *dn_bufp, char *name, |
5081 | struct section_offsets *section_offsets, | |
5082 | struct objfile *objfile, CORE_ADDR text_offset, | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5083 | int text_size, char *filename, int index, |
5084 | int *at_module_boundary_p) | |
c906108c SS |
5085 | { |
5086 | unsigned long desc; | |
5087 | int type; | |
5088 | CORE_ADDR valu; | |
b8fbeb18 | 5089 | int offset = ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)); |
8af51c36 | 5090 | int data_offset = ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile)); |
c906108c SS |
5091 | union dnttentry *dn_temp; |
5092 | dnttpointer hp_type; | |
5093 | struct symbol *sym; | |
5094 | struct context_stack *new; | |
8af51c36 | 5095 | char *class_scope_name; |
c906108c | 5096 | |
8af51c36 | 5097 | /* Allocate one GDB debug symbol and fill in some default values. */ |
c906108c SS |
5098 | sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack, |
5099 | sizeof (struct symbol)); | |
5100 | memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol)); | |
22abf04a | 5101 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name), &objfile->symbol_obstack); |
c906108c | 5102 | SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_auto; |
c906108c SS |
5103 | SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE; |
5104 | SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = 0; | |
5105 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = 0; | |
5106 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_TYPEDEF; | |
5107 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
5108 | /* Just a trick in case the SOM debug symbol is a type definition. |
5109 | * There are routines that are set up to build a GDB type symbol, given | |
5110 | * a SOM dnttpointer. So we set up a dummy SOM dnttpointer "hp_type". | |
5111 | * This allows us to call those same routines. | |
5112 | */ | |
c906108c SS |
5113 | hp_type.dnttp.extension = 1; |
5114 | hp_type.dnttp.immediate = 0; | |
5115 | hp_type.dnttp.global = 0; | |
5116 | hp_type.dnttp.index = index; | |
5117 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
5118 | /* This "type" is the type of SOM record. |
5119 | * Switch on SOM type. | |
5120 | */ | |
c906108c | 5121 | type = dn_bufp->dblock.kind; |
c906108c SS |
5122 | switch (type) |
5123 | { | |
5124 | case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE: | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5125 | /* This type of symbol indicates from which source file or |
5126 | * include file any following data comes. It may indicate: | |
5127 | * | |
5128 | * o The start of an entirely new source file (and thus | |
5129 | * a new module) | |
5130 | * | |
5131 | * o The start of a different source file due to #include | |
5132 | * | |
5133 | * o The end of an include file and the return to the original | |
5134 | * file. Thus if "foo.c" includes "bar.h", we see first | |
5135 | * a SRCFILE for foo.c, then one for bar.h, and then one for | |
5136 | * foo.c again. | |
5137 | * | |
5138 | * If it indicates the start of a new module then we must | |
5139 | * finish the symbol table of the previous module | |
5140 | * (if any) and start accumulating a new symbol table. | |
5141 | */ | |
c906108c SS |
5142 | |
5143 | valu = text_offset; | |
5144 | if (!last_source_file) | |
5145 | { | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5146 | /* |
5147 | * A note on "last_source_file": this is a char* pointing | |
5148 | * to the actual file name. "start_symtab" sets it, | |
5149 | * "end_symtab" clears it. | |
5150 | * | |
5151 | * So if "last_source_file" is NULL, then either this is | |
5152 | * the first record we are looking at, or a previous call | |
5153 | * to "end_symtab()" was made to close out the previous | |
5154 | * module. Since we're now quitting the scan loop when we | |
5155 | * see a MODULE END record, we should never get here, except | |
5156 | * in the case that we're not using the quick look-up tables | |
5157 | * and have to use the old system as a fall-back. | |
5158 | */ | |
c906108c SS |
5159 | start_symtab (name, NULL, valu); |
5160 | record_debugformat ("HP"); | |
5161 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = dn_bufp->dsfile.address; | |
5162 | } | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5163 | |
5164 | else | |
5165 | { | |
5166 | /* Either a new include file, or a SRCFILE record | |
5167 | * saying we are back in the main source (or out of | |
5168 | * a nested include file) again. | |
5169 | */ | |
5170 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, | |
5171 | SL_INDEX (objfile), | |
5172 | dn_bufp->dsfile.address, | |
5173 | objfile, offset); | |
5174 | } | |
5175 | ||
5176 | /* A note on "start_subfile". This routine will check | |
5177 | * the name we pass it and look for an existing subfile | |
5178 | * of that name. There's thus only one sub-file for the | |
5179 | * actual source (e.g. for "foo.c" in foo.c), despite the | |
5180 | * fact that we'll see lots of SRCFILE entries for foo.c | |
5181 | * inside foo.c. | |
5182 | */ | |
5183 | start_subfile (name, NULL); | |
5184 | break; | |
5185 | ||
5186 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: | |
5187 | /* | |
5188 | * We no longer ignore DNTT_TYPE_MODULE symbols. The module | |
5189 | * represents the meaningful semantic structure of a compilation | |
5190 | * unit. We expect to start the psymtab-to-symtab expansion | |
5191 | * looking at a MODULE entry, and to end it at the corresponding | |
5192 | * END MODULE entry. | |
5193 | * | |
5194 | *--Begin outdated comments | |
5195 | * | |
5196 | * This record signifies the start of a new source module | |
5197 | * In C/C++ there is no explicit "module" construct in the language, | |
5198 | * but each compilation unit is implicitly a module and they | |
5199 | * do emit the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE records. | |
5200 | * The end of the module is marked by a matching DNTT_TYPE_END record. | |
5201 | * | |
5202 | * The reason GDB gets away with ignoring the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE record | |
5203 | * is it notices the DNTT_TYPE_END record for the previous | |
5204 | * module (see comments under DNTT_TYPE_END case), and then treats | |
5205 | * the next DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE record as if it were the module-start record. | |
5206 | * (i.e., it makes a start_symtab() call). | |
5207 | * This scheme seems a little convoluted, but I'll leave it | |
5208 | * alone on the principle "if it ain't broke don't fix | |
5209 | * it". (RT). | |
5210 | * | |
5211 | *-- End outdated comments | |
5212 | */ | |
5213 | ||
5214 | valu = text_offset; | |
5215 | if (!last_source_file) | |
5216 | { | |
5217 | /* Start of a new module. We know this because "last_source_file" | |
5218 | * is NULL, which can only happen the first time or if we just | |
5219 | * made a call to end_symtab() to close out the previous module. | |
5220 | */ | |
5221 | start_symtab (name, NULL, valu); | |
5222 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = dn_bufp->dmodule.address; | |
5223 | } | |
c906108c SS |
5224 | else |
5225 | { | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5226 | /* This really shouldn't happen if we're using the quick |
5227 | * look-up tables, as it would mean we'd scanned past an | |
5228 | * END MODULE entry. But if we're not using the tables, | |
5229 | * we started the module on the SRCFILE entry, so it's ok. | |
5230 | * For now, accept this. | |
5231 | */ | |
5232 | /* warning( "Error expanding psymtab, missed module end, found entry for %s", | |
5233 | * name ); | |
5234 | */ | |
5235 | *at_module_boundary_p = -1; | |
c906108c | 5236 | } |
c5aa993b | 5237 | |
8af51c36 | 5238 | start_subfile (name, NULL); |
c906108c SS |
5239 | break; |
5240 | ||
5241 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: | |
5242 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY: | |
5243 | /* A function or secondary entry point. */ | |
5244 | valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr + offset; | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5245 | |
5246 | /* Record lines up to this point. */ | |
c906108c SS |
5247 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
5248 | SL_INDEX (objfile), | |
5249 | dn_bufp->dfunc.address, | |
5250 | objfile, offset); | |
c5aa993b | 5251 | |
c906108c SS |
5252 | WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 1; |
5253 | CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile) = valu; | |
5254 | ||
5255 | /* Stack must be empty now. */ | |
5256 | if (context_stack_depth != 0) | |
1fb309ea | 5257 | lbrac_unmatched_complaint (symnum); |
c906108c SS |
5258 | new = push_context (0, valu); |
5259 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
5260 | /* Built a type for the function. This includes processing |
5261 | * the symbol records for the function parameters. | |
5262 | */ | |
c906108c | 5263 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK; |
8af51c36 EZ |
5264 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 1); |
5265 | ||
1e698235 DJ |
5266 | /* All functions in C++ have prototypes. For C we don't have enough |
5267 | information in the debug info. */ | |
3269bcfa JB |
5268 | if (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) == language_cplus) |
5269 | TYPE_FLAGS (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) |= TYPE_FLAG_PROTOTYPED; | |
1e698235 | 5270 | |
22abf04a | 5271 | /* The "DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME" field is expected to be the mangled name |
8af51c36 EZ |
5272 | * (if any), which we get from the "alias" field of the SOM record |
5273 | * if that exists. | |
5274 | */ | |
5275 | if ((dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) && | |
5276 | dn_bufp->dfunc.alias && /* has an alias */ | |
5277 | *(char *) (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias)) /* not a null string */ | |
22abf04a | 5278 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias; |
8af51c36 | 5279 | else |
22abf04a | 5280 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name; |
8af51c36 EZ |
5281 | |
5282 | /* Special hack to get around HP compilers' insistence on | |
5283 | * reporting "main" as "_MAIN_" for C/C++ */ | |
22abf04a | 5284 | if ((strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_MAIN_") == 0) && |
8af51c36 | 5285 | (strcmp (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name, "main") == 0)) |
22abf04a | 5286 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name; |
8af51c36 EZ |
5287 | |
5288 | /* The SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME field is expected to | |
5289 | * be the demangled name. | |
5290 | */ | |
5291 | if (dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) | |
5292 | { | |
5293 | /* SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME is a macro which winds up | |
5294 | * calling the demangler in libiberty (cplus_demangle()) to | |
5295 | * do the job. This generally does the job, even though | |
5296 | * it's intended for the GNU compiler and not the aCC compiler | |
5297 | * Note that SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME calls the | |
5298 | * demangler with arguments DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI. | |
5299 | * Generally, we don't want params when we display | |
5300 | * a demangled name, but when I took out the DMGL_PARAMS, | |
5301 | * some things broke, so I'm leaving it in here, and | |
5302 | * working around the issue in stack.c. - RT | |
5303 | */ | |
5304 | SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->symbol_obstack); | |
22abf04a | 5305 | if ((DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) == VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias) && |
8af51c36 EZ |
5306 | (!SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym))) |
5307 | { | |
5308 | ||
5309 | /* Well, the symbol name is mangled, but the | |
5310 | * demangler in libiberty failed so the demangled | |
5311 | * field is still NULL. Try to | |
5312 | * do the job ourselves based on the "name" field | |
5313 | * in the SOM record. A complication here is that | |
5314 | * the name field contains only the function name | |
5315 | * (like "f"), whereas we want the class qualification | |
5316 | * (as in "c::f"). Try to reconstruct that. | |
5317 | */ | |
5318 | char *basename; | |
5319 | char *classname; | |
5320 | char *dem_name; | |
5321 | basename = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name; | |
5322 | classname = class_of (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); | |
5323 | if (classname) | |
5324 | { | |
5325 | dem_name = xmalloc (strlen (basename) + strlen (classname) + 3); | |
5326 | strcpy (dem_name, classname); | |
5327 | strcat (dem_name, "::"); | |
5328 | strcat (dem_name, basename); | |
5329 | SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym) = dem_name; | |
5330 | SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_cplus; | |
5331 | } | |
5332 | } | |
5333 | } | |
5334 | ||
5335 | /* Add the function symbol to the list of symbols in this blockvector */ | |
c906108c SS |
5336 | if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global) |
5337 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); | |
5338 | else | |
5339 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); | |
5340 | new->name = sym; | |
5341 | ||
8af51c36 EZ |
5342 | /* Search forward to the next BEGIN and also read |
5343 | * in the line info up to that point. | |
5344 | * Not sure why this is needed. | |
5345 | * In HP FORTRAN this code is harmful since there | |
5346 | * may not be a BEGIN after the FUNCTION. | |
5347 | * So I made it C/C++ specific. - RT | |
5348 | */ | |
5349 | if (dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_C || | |
5350 | dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) | |
c906108c | 5351 | { |
8af51c36 EZ |
5352 | while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN) |
5353 | { | |
5354 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile); | |
5355 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension) | |
5356 | continue; | |
5357 | } | |
5358 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, | |
5359 | SL_INDEX (objfile), | |
5360 | dn_bufp->dbegin.address, | |
5361 | objfile, offset); | |
5362 | SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile); | |
c906108c | 5363 | } |
8af51c36 EZ |
5364 | record_line (current_subfile, SYMBOL_LINE (sym), valu); |
5365 | break; | |
5366 | ||
5367 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION: | |
5368 | valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.lowaddr + offset; | |
5369 | ||
5370 | /* Record lines up to this point. */ | |
c906108c SS |
5371 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
5372 | SL_INDEX (objfile), | |
8af51c36 | 5373 | dn_bufp->ddocfunc.address, |
c906108c | 5374 | objfile, offset); |
8af51c36 EZ |
5375 | |
5376 | WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 1; | |
5377 | CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile) = valu; | |
5378 | /* Stack must be empty now. */ | |
5379 | if (context_stack_depth != 0) | |
1fb309ea | 5380 | lbrac_unmatched_complaint (symnum); |
8af51c36 EZ |
5381 | new = push_context (0, valu); |
5382 | ||
5383 | /* Built a type for the function. This includes processing | |
5384 | * the symbol records for the function parameters. | |
5385 | */ | |
5386 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK; | |
5387 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 1); | |
5388 | ||
22abf04a | 5389 | /* The "DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME" field is expected to be the mangled name |
8af51c36 EZ |
5390 | * (if any), which we get from the "alias" field of the SOM record |
5391 | * if that exists. | |
5392 | */ | |
5393 | if ((dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) && | |
5394 | dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias && /* has an alias */ | |
5395 | *(char *) (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias)) /* not a null string */ | |
22abf04a | 5396 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias; |
8af51c36 | 5397 | else |
22abf04a | 5398 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name; |
8af51c36 EZ |
5399 | |
5400 | /* Special hack to get around HP compilers' insistence on | |
5401 | * reporting "main" as "_MAIN_" for C/C++ */ | |
22abf04a | 5402 | if ((strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_MAIN_") == 0) && |
8af51c36 | 5403 | (strcmp (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name, "main") == 0)) |
22abf04a | 5404 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name; |
8af51c36 EZ |
5405 | |
5406 | if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) | |
5407 | { | |
5408 | ||
5409 | /* SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME is a macro which winds up | |
5410 | * calling the demangler in libiberty (cplus_demangle()) to | |
5411 | * do the job. This generally does the job, even though | |
5412 | * it's intended for the GNU compiler and not the aCC compiler | |
5413 | * Note that SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME calls the | |
5414 | * demangler with arguments DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI. | |
5415 | * Generally, we don't want params when we display | |
5416 | * a demangled name, but when I took out the DMGL_PARAMS, | |
5417 | * some things broke, so I'm leaving it in here, and | |
5418 | * working around the issue in stack.c. - RT | |
5419 | */ | |
5420 | SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->symbol_obstack); | |
5421 | ||
22abf04a | 5422 | if ((DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) == VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias) && |
8af51c36 EZ |
5423 | (!SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym))) |
5424 | { | |
5425 | ||
5426 | /* Well, the symbol name is mangled, but the | |
5427 | * demangler in libiberty failed so the demangled | |
5428 | * field is still NULL. Try to | |
5429 | * do the job ourselves based on the "name" field | |
5430 | * in the SOM record. A complication here is that | |
5431 | * the name field contains only the function name | |
5432 | * (like "f"), whereas we want the class qualification | |
5433 | * (as in "c::f"). Try to reconstruct that. | |
5434 | */ | |
5435 | char *basename; | |
5436 | char *classname; | |
5437 | char *dem_name; | |
5438 | basename = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name; | |
5439 | classname = class_of (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); | |
5440 | if (classname) | |
5441 | { | |
5442 | dem_name = xmalloc (strlen (basename) + strlen (classname) + 3); | |
5443 | strcpy (dem_name, classname); | |
5444 | strcat (dem_name, "::"); | |
5445 | strcat (dem_name, basename); | |
5446 | SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym) = dem_name; | |
5447 | SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_cplus; | |
5448 | } | |
5449 | } | |
5450 | } | |
5451 | ||
5452 | /* Add the function symbol to the list of symbols in this blockvector */ | |
5453 | if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.global) | |
5454 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); | |
5455 | else | |
5456 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); | |
5457 | new->name = sym; | |
5458 | ||
5459 | /* Search forward to the next BEGIN and also read | |
5460 | * in the line info up to that point. | |
5461 | * Not sure why this is needed. | |
5462 | * In HP FORTRAN this code is harmful since there | |
5463 | * may not be a BEGIN after the FUNCTION. | |
5464 | * So I made it C/C++ specific. - RT | |
5465 | */ | |
5466 | if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_C || | |
5467 | dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) | |
5468 | { | |
5469 | while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN) | |
5470 | { | |
5471 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile); | |
5472 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension) | |
5473 | continue; | |
5474 | } | |
5475 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, | |
5476 | SL_INDEX (objfile), | |
5477 | dn_bufp->dbegin.address, | |
5478 | objfile, offset); | |
5479 | SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile); | |
5480 | } | |
c906108c SS |
5481 | record_line (current_subfile, SYMBOL_LINE (sym), valu); |
5482 | break; | |
5483 | ||
5484 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5485 | /* Begin a new scope. */ |
5486 | if (context_stack_depth == 1 /* this means we're at function level */ && | |
5487 | context_stack[0].name != NULL /* this means it's a function */ && | |
5488 | context_stack[0].depth == 0 /* this means it's the first BEGIN | |
5489 | we've seen after the FUNCTION */ | |
5490 | ) | |
5491 | { | |
5492 | /* This is the first BEGIN after a FUNCTION. | |
5493 | * We ignore this one, since HP compilers always insert | |
5494 | * at least one BEGIN, i.e. it's: | |
5495 | * | |
5496 | * FUNCTION | |
5497 | * argument symbols | |
5498 | * BEGIN | |
5499 | * local symbols | |
5500 | * (possibly nested BEGIN ... END's if there are inner { } blocks) | |
5501 | * END | |
5502 | * END | |
5503 | * | |
5504 | * By ignoring this first BEGIN, the local symbols get treated | |
5505 | * as belonging to the function scope, and "print func::local_sym" | |
5506 | * works (which is what we want). | |
5507 | */ | |
5508 | ||
5509 | /* All we do here is increase the depth count associated with | |
5510 | * the FUNCTION entry in the context stack. This ensures that | |
5511 | * the next BEGIN we see (if any), representing a real nested { } | |
5512 | * block, will get processed. | |
5513 | */ | |
5514 | ||
5515 | context_stack[0].depth++; | |
5516 | ||
5517 | } | |
5518 | else | |
5519 | { | |
5520 | ||
5521 | /* Record lines up to this SLT pointer. */ | |
5522 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, | |
5523 | SL_INDEX (objfile), | |
5524 | dn_bufp->dbegin.address, | |
5525 | objfile, offset); | |
5526 | /* Calculate start address of new scope */ | |
5527 | valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile); | |
5528 | valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */ | |
5529 | /* We use the scope start DNTT index as nesting depth identifier! */ | |
5530 | desc = hpread_get_scope_start (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile); | |
5531 | new = push_context (desc, valu); | |
5532 | } | |
c906108c SS |
5533 | break; |
5534 | ||
5535 | case DNTT_TYPE_END: | |
5536 | /* End a scope. */ | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5537 | |
5538 | /* Valid end kinds are: | |
5539 | * MODULE | |
5540 | * FUNCTION | |
5541 | * WITH | |
5542 | * COMMON | |
5543 | * BEGIN | |
5544 | * CLASS_SCOPE | |
5545 | */ | |
5546 | ||
c906108c SS |
5547 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, |
5548 | SL_INDEX (objfile), | |
8af51c36 | 5549 | dn_bufp->dend.address, |
c906108c SS |
5550 | objfile, offset); |
5551 | switch (dn_bufp->dend.endkind) | |
5552 | { | |
5553 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5554 | /* Ending a module ends the symbol table for that module. |
5555 | * Calling end_symtab() has the side effect of clearing the | |
5556 | * last_source_file pointer, which in turn signals | |
5557 | * process_one_debug_symbol() to treat the next DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE | |
5558 | * record as a module-begin. | |
5559 | */ | |
c906108c | 5560 | valu = text_offset + text_size + offset; |
8af51c36 EZ |
5561 | |
5562 | /* Tell our caller that we're done with expanding the | |
5563 | * debug information for a module. | |
5564 | */ | |
5565 | *at_module_boundary_p = 1; | |
5566 | ||
5567 | /* Don't do this, as our caller will do it! | |
5568 | ||
5569 | * (void) end_symtab (valu, objfile, 0); | |
5570 | */ | |
c906108c SS |
5571 | break; |
5572 | ||
5573 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: | |
5574 | /* Ending a function, well, ends the function's scope. */ | |
5575 | dn_temp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index, | |
5576 | objfile); | |
5577 | valu = dn_temp->dfunc.hiaddr + offset; | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5578 | /* Insert func params into local list */ |
5579 | merge_symbol_lists (¶m_symbols, &local_symbols); | |
c906108c SS |
5580 | new = pop_context (); |
5581 | /* Make a block for the local symbols within. */ | |
5582 | finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks, | |
5583 | new->start_addr, valu, objfile); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5584 | WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 0; /* This may have to change for Pascal */ |
5585 | local_symbols = new->locals; | |
5586 | param_symbols = new->params; | |
c906108c | 5587 | break; |
8af51c36 | 5588 | |
c906108c | 5589 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: |
8af51c36 EZ |
5590 | if (context_stack_depth == 1 && |
5591 | context_stack[0].name != NULL && | |
5592 | context_stack[0].depth == 1) | |
5593 | { | |
5594 | /* This is the END corresponding to the | |
5595 | * BEGIN which we ignored - see DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN case above. | |
5596 | */ | |
5597 | context_stack[0].depth--; | |
5598 | } | |
5599 | else | |
5600 | { | |
5601 | /* Ending a local scope. */ | |
5602 | valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dend.address, objfile); | |
5603 | /* Why in the hell is this needed? */ | |
5604 | valu += offset + 9; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */ | |
5605 | new = pop_context (); | |
5606 | desc = dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index; | |
5607 | if (desc != new->depth) | |
1fb309ea | 5608 | lbrac_mismatch_complaint (symnum); |
8af51c36 EZ |
5609 | |
5610 | /* Make a block for the local symbols within. */ | |
5611 | finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks, | |
5612 | new->start_addr, valu, objfile); | |
5613 | local_symbols = new->locals; | |
5614 | param_symbols = new->params; | |
5615 | } | |
5616 | break; | |
5617 | ||
5618 | case DNTT_TYPE_WITH: | |
5619 | /* Since we ignore the DNTT_TYPE_WITH that starts the scope, | |
5620 | * we can ignore the DNTT_TYPE_END that ends it. | |
5621 | */ | |
5622 | break; | |
5623 | ||
5624 | case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON: | |
5625 | /* End a FORTRAN common block. We don't currently handle these */ | |
23136709 KB |
5626 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, |
5627 | "unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_COMMON/DNTT_TYPE_END.\n"); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5628 | break; |
5629 | ||
5630 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE: | |
5631 | ||
5632 | /* pai: FIXME Not handling nested classes for now -- must | |
5633 | * maintain a stack */ | |
5634 | class_scope_name = NULL; | |
5635 | ||
5636 | #if 0 | |
5637 | /* End a class scope */ | |
c906108c SS |
5638 | valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dend.address, objfile); |
5639 | /* Why in the hell is this needed? */ | |
5640 | valu += offset + 9; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */ | |
5641 | new = pop_context (); | |
5642 | desc = dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index; | |
5643 | if (desc != new->depth) | |
23136709 | 5644 | lbrac_mismatch_complaint ((char *) symnum); |
c906108c SS |
5645 | /* Make a block for the local symbols within. */ |
5646 | finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks, | |
5647 | new->start_addr, valu, objfile); | |
5648 | local_symbols = new->locals; | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5649 | param_symbols = new->params; |
5650 | #endif | |
5651 | break; | |
5652 | ||
5653 | default: | |
23136709 KB |
5654 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, |
5655 | "internal error in hp-symtab-read.c: Unexpected DNTT_TYPE_END kind."); | |
c906108c SS |
5656 | break; |
5657 | } | |
5658 | break; | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5659 | |
5660 | /* DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT is not handled */ | |
5661 | ||
c906108c SS |
5662 | case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL: |
5663 | SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = LABEL_NAMESPACE; | |
5664 | break; | |
8af51c36 | 5665 | |
c906108c SS |
5666 | case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM: |
5667 | /* Function parameters. */ | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5668 | /* Note 1: This code was present in the 4.16 sources, and then |
5669 | removed, because fparams are handled in | |
5670 | hpread_read_function_type(). However, while fparam symbols | |
5671 | are indeed handled twice, this code here cannot be removed | |
5672 | because then they don't get added to the local symbol list of | |
5673 | the function's code block, which leads to a failure to look | |
5674 | up locals, "this"-relative member names, etc. So I've put | |
5675 | this code back in. pai/1997-07-21 */ | |
5676 | /* Note 2: To fix a defect, we stopped adding FPARAMS to local_symbols | |
5677 | in hpread_read_function_type(), so FPARAMS had to be handled | |
5678 | here. I changed the location to be the appropriate argument | |
5679 | kinds rather than LOC_LOCAL. pai/1997-08-08 */ | |
5680 | /* Note 3: Well, the fix in Note 2 above broke argument printing | |
5681 | in traceback frames, and further it makes assumptions about the | |
5682 | order of the FPARAM entries from HP compilers (cc and aCC in particular | |
5683 | generate them in reverse orders -- fixing one breaks for the other). | |
5684 | So I've added code in hpread_read_function_type() to add fparams | |
5685 | to a param_symbols list for the current context level. These are | |
5686 | then merged into local_symbols when a function end is reached. | |
5687 | pai/1997-08-11 */ | |
5688 | ||
5689 | break; /* do nothing; handled in hpread_read_function_type() */ | |
5690 | ||
5691 | #if 0 /* Old code */ | |
c906108c SS |
5692 | if (dn_bufp->dfparam.regparam) |
5693 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER; | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5694 | else if (dn_bufp->dfparam.indirect) |
5695 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG; | |
c906108c | 5696 | else |
8af51c36 EZ |
5697 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG; |
5698 | SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE; | |
c906108c SS |
5699 | if (dn_bufp->dfparam.copyparam) |
5700 | { | |
5701 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dfparam.location; | |
5702 | #ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS | |
5703 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) | |
5704 | += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile)); | |
5705 | #endif | |
5706 | } | |
5707 | else | |
5708 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dfparam.location; | |
5709 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfparam.type, objfile); | |
8af51c36 | 5710 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &fparam_symbols); |
c906108c | 5711 | break; |
8af51c36 EZ |
5712 | #endif |
5713 | ||
c906108c SS |
5714 | case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR: |
5715 | /* Static variables. */ | |
5716 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_STATIC; | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5717 | |
5718 | /* Note: There is a case that arises with globals in shared | |
5719 | * libraries where we need to set the address to LOC_INDIRECT. | |
5720 | * This case is if you have a global "g" in one library, and | |
5721 | * it is referenced "extern <type> g;" in another library. | |
5722 | * If we're processing the symbols for the referencing library, | |
5723 | * we'll see a global "g", but in this case the address given | |
5724 | * in the symbol table contains a pointer to the real "g". | |
5725 | * We use the storage class LOC_INDIRECT to indicate this. RT | |
5726 | */ | |
22abf04a | 5727 | if (is_in_import_list (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), objfile)) |
8af51c36 EZ |
5728 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_INDIRECT; |
5729 | ||
5730 | SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location + data_offset; | |
c906108c | 5731 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dsvar.type, objfile); |
8af51c36 | 5732 | |
c906108c SS |
5733 | if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global) |
5734 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); | |
8af51c36 | 5735 | |
c906108c SS |
5736 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) |
5737 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols); | |
8af51c36 | 5738 | |
c906108c SS |
5739 | else |
5740 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5741 | |
5742 | if (dn_bufp->dsvar.thread_specific) | |
5743 | { | |
5744 | /* Thread-local variable. | |
5745 | */ | |
407caf07 | 5746 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_HP_THREAD_LOCAL_STATIC; |
8af51c36 EZ |
5747 | SYMBOL_BASEREG (sym) = CR27_REGNUM; |
5748 | ||
5749 | if (objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) | |
5750 | { | |
5751 | /* | |
5752 | * This variable is not only thread local but | |
5753 | * in a shared library. | |
5754 | * | |
5755 | * Alas, the shared lib structures are private | |
5756 | * to "somsolib.c". But C lets us point to one. | |
5757 | */ | |
5758 | struct so_list *so; | |
5759 | ||
5760 | if (objfile->obj_private == NULL) | |
5761 | error ("Internal error in reading shared library information."); | |
5762 | ||
5763 | so = ((obj_private_data_t *) (objfile->obj_private))->so_info; | |
5764 | if (so == NULL) | |
5765 | error ("Internal error in reading shared library information."); | |
5766 | ||
5767 | /* Thread-locals in shared libraries do NOT have the | |
5768 | * standard offset ("data_offset"), so we re-calculate | |
5769 | * where to look for this variable, using a call-back | |
5770 | * to interpret the private shared-library data. | |
5771 | */ | |
5772 | SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location + | |
5773 | so_lib_thread_start_addr (so); | |
5774 | } | |
5775 | } | |
c906108c | 5776 | break; |
8af51c36 | 5777 | |
c906108c SS |
5778 | case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR: |
5779 | /* Dynamic variables. */ | |
5780 | if (dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar) | |
5781 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER; | |
5782 | else | |
5783 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_LOCAL; | |
8af51c36 | 5784 | |
c906108c SS |
5785 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->ddvar.location; |
5786 | #ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS | |
5787 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) | |
5788 | += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile)); | |
5789 | #endif | |
5790 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->ddvar.type, objfile); | |
5791 | if (dn_bufp->ddvar.global) | |
5792 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); | |
5793 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) | |
5794 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols); | |
5795 | else | |
5796 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); | |
5797 | break; | |
8af51c36 | 5798 | |
c906108c SS |
5799 | case DNTT_TYPE_CONST: |
5800 | /* A constant (pascal?). */ | |
5801 | SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST; | |
5802 | SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dconst.location; | |
5803 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dconst.type, objfile); | |
5804 | if (dn_bufp->dconst.global) | |
5805 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); | |
5806 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) | |
5807 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols); | |
5808 | else | |
5809 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); | |
5810 | break; | |
8af51c36 | 5811 | |
c906108c | 5812 | case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF: |
8af51c36 EZ |
5813 | /* A typedef. We do want to process these, since a name is |
5814 | * added to the namespace for the typedef'ed name. | |
5815 | */ | |
c906108c SS |
5816 | SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE; |
5817 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile); | |
5818 | if (dn_bufp->dtype.global) | |
5819 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); | |
5820 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) | |
5821 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols); | |
5822 | else | |
5823 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); | |
5824 | break; | |
8af51c36 | 5825 | |
c906108c | 5826 | case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF: |
8af51c36 EZ |
5827 | { |
5828 | int global = dn_bufp->dtag.global; | |
5829 | /* Structure, union, enum, template, or class tag definition */ | |
5830 | /* We do want to process these, since a name is | |
5831 | * added to the namespace for the tag name (and if C++ class, | |
5832 | * for the typename also). | |
5833 | */ | |
5834 | SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = STRUCT_NAMESPACE; | |
5835 | ||
5836 | /* The tag contains in its "type" field a pointer to the | |
5837 | * DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT, DNTT_TYPE_UNION, DNTT_TYPE_ENUM, | |
5838 | * DNTT_TYPE_CLASS or DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE | |
5839 | * record that actually defines the type. | |
5840 | */ | |
5841 | SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile); | |
22abf04a DC |
5842 | TYPE_NAME (sym->type) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym); |
5843 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (sym->type) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5844 | if (dn_bufp->dtag.global) |
5845 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols); | |
5846 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) | |
5847 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols); | |
5848 | else | |
5849 | add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols); | |
5850 | ||
5851 | /* If this is a C++ class, then we additionally | |
5852 | * need to define a typedef for the | |
5853 | * class type. E.g., so that the name "c" becomes visible as | |
5854 | * a type name when the user says "class c { ... }". | |
5855 | * In order to figure this out, we need to chase down the "type" | |
5856 | * field to get to the DNTT_TYPE_CLASS record. | |
5857 | * | |
5858 | * We also add the typename for ENUM. Though this isn't | |
5859 | * strictly correct, it is necessary because of the debug info | |
5860 | * generated by the aCC compiler, in which we cannot | |
5861 | * distinguish between: | |
5862 | * enum e { ... }; | |
5863 | * and | |
5864 | * typedef enum { ... } e; | |
5865 | * I.e., the compiler emits the same debug info for the above | |
5866 | * two cases, in both cases "e" appearing as a tagdef. | |
5867 | * Therefore go ahead and generate the typename so that | |
5868 | * "ptype e" will work in the above cases. | |
5869 | * | |
5870 | * We also add the typename for TEMPLATE, so as to allow "ptype t" | |
5871 | * when "t" is a template name. | |
5872 | */ | |
5873 | if (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)) | |
5874 | dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtag.type.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
5875 | else | |
5876 | { | |
23136709 | 5877 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, "error processing class tagdef"); |
8af51c36 EZ |
5878 | return; |
5879 | } | |
5880 | if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS || | |
5881 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM || | |
5882 | dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE) | |
5883 | { | |
5884 | struct symbol *newsym; | |
5885 | ||
5886 | newsym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack, | |
5887 | sizeof (struct symbol)); | |
5888 | memset (newsym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol)); | |
22abf04a | 5889 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (newsym) = name; |
8af51c36 EZ |
5890 | SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (newsym) = language_auto; |
5891 | SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (newsym) = VAR_NAMESPACE; | |
5892 | SYMBOL_LINE (newsym) = 0; | |
5893 | SYMBOL_VALUE (newsym) = 0; | |
5894 | SYMBOL_CLASS (newsym) = LOC_TYPEDEF; | |
5895 | SYMBOL_TYPE (newsym) = sym->type; | |
5896 | if (global) | |
5897 | add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &global_symbols); | |
5898 | else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile)) | |
5899 | add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &local_symbols); | |
5900 | else | |
5901 | add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &file_symbols); | |
5902 | } | |
5903 | } | |
c906108c | 5904 | break; |
8af51c36 | 5905 | |
c906108c | 5906 | case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER: |
8af51c36 EZ |
5907 | /* Declares a pointer type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
5908 | * with the type at this level; these are processed | |
5909 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. | |
5910 | */ | |
c906108c | 5911 | break; |
8af51c36 | 5912 | |
c906108c | 5913 | case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM: |
8af51c36 EZ |
5914 | /* Declares an enum type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
5915 | * with the type at this level; these are processed | |
5916 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. | |
5917 | */ | |
c906108c | 5918 | break; |
8af51c36 | 5919 | |
c906108c | 5920 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM: |
8af51c36 EZ |
5921 | /* Member of enum */ |
5922 | /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_enum_type() will take | |
5923 | * care of walking the list of enumeration members. | |
5924 | */ | |
c906108c | 5925 | break; |
8af51c36 | 5926 | |
c906108c | 5927 | case DNTT_TYPE_SET: |
8af51c36 EZ |
5928 | /* Declares a set type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
5929 | * with the type at this level; these are processed | |
5930 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. | |
5931 | */ | |
c906108c | 5932 | break; |
8af51c36 | 5933 | |
c906108c | 5934 | case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE: |
8af51c36 EZ |
5935 | /* Declares a subrange type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
5936 | * with the type at this level; these are processed | |
5937 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. | |
5938 | */ | |
c906108c | 5939 | break; |
8af51c36 | 5940 | |
c906108c | 5941 | case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY: |
8af51c36 EZ |
5942 | /* Declares an array type. Should not be necessary to do anything |
5943 | * with the type at this level; these are processed | |
5944 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. | |
5945 | */ | |
c906108c | 5946 | break; |
8af51c36 | 5947 | |
c906108c SS |
5948 | case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT: |
5949 | case DNTT_TYPE_UNION: | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5950 | /* Declares an struct/union type. |
5951 | * Should not be necessary to do anything | |
5952 | * with the type at this level; these are processed | |
5953 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. | |
5954 | */ | |
5955 | break; | |
5956 | ||
5957 | case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD: | |
5958 | /* Structure/union/class field */ | |
5959 | /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_struct_type() will take | |
5960 | * care of walking the list of structure/union/class members. | |
5961 | */ | |
5962 | break; | |
5963 | ||
5964 | /* DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT is not handled by GDB */ | |
5965 | ||
5966 | /* DNTT_TYPE_FILE is not handled by GDB */ | |
5967 | ||
5968 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE: | |
5969 | /* Function type */ | |
5970 | /* Ignored at this level, handled within hpread_type_lookup() */ | |
5971 | break; | |
5972 | ||
5973 | case DNTT_TYPE_WITH: | |
5974 | /* This is emitted within methods to indicate "with <class>" | |
5975 | * scoping rules (i.e., indicate that the class data members | |
5976 | * are directly visible). | |
5977 | * However, since GDB already infers this by looking at the | |
5978 | * "this" argument, interpreting the DNTT_TYPE_WITH | |
5979 | * symbol record is unnecessary. | |
5980 | */ | |
5981 | break; | |
5982 | ||
5983 | case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON: | |
5984 | /* FORTRAN common. Not yet handled. */ | |
23136709 KB |
5985 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, |
5986 | "unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_COMMON."); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
5987 | break; |
5988 | ||
5989 | /* DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT is not handled by GDB. */ | |
5990 | /* DNTT_TYPE_XREF is not handled by GDB. */ | |
5991 | /* DNTT_TYPE_SA is not handled by GDB. */ | |
5992 | /* DNTT_TYPE_MACRO is not handled by GDB */ | |
5993 | ||
5994 | case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA: | |
5995 | /* Not sure what this is - part of FORTRAN support maybe? | |
5996 | * Anyway, not yet handled. | |
5997 | */ | |
23136709 KB |
5998 | complaint (&symfile_complaints, |
5999 | "unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA."); | |
8af51c36 EZ |
6000 | break; |
6001 | ||
6002 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE: | |
6003 | ||
6004 | ||
6005 | ||
6006 | /* The compiler brackets member functions with a CLASS_SCOPE/END | |
6007 | * pair of records, presumably to put them in a different scope | |
6008 | * from the module scope where they are normally defined. | |
6009 | * E.g., in the situation: | |
6010 | * void f() { ... } | |
6011 | * void c::f() { ...} | |
6012 | * The member function "c::f" will be bracketed by a CLASS_SCOPE/END. | |
6013 | * This causes "break f" at the module level to pick the | |
6014 | * the file-level function f(), not the member function | |
6015 | * (which needs to be referenced via "break c::f"). | |
6016 | * | |
6017 | * Here we record the class name to generate the demangled names of | |
6018 | * member functions later. | |
6019 | * | |
6020 | * FIXME Not being used now for anything -- cplus_demangle seems | |
6021 | * enough for getting the class-qualified names of functions. We | |
6022 | * may need this for handling nested classes and types. */ | |
6023 | ||
6024 | /* pai: FIXME Not handling nested classes for now -- need to | |
6025 | * maintain a stack */ | |
6026 | ||
6027 | dn_temp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.type.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
6028 | if (dn_temp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF) | |
6029 | class_scope_name = VT (objfile) + dn_temp->dtag.name; | |
6030 | else | |
6031 | class_scope_name = NULL; | |
6032 | ||
6033 | #if 0 | |
6034 | ||
6035 | /* Begin a new scope. */ | |
6036 | SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile, | |
6037 | SL_INDEX (objfile), | |
6038 | dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, | |
6039 | objfile, offset); | |
6040 | valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, objfile); | |
6041 | valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */ | |
6042 | desc = hpread_get_scope_start (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, objfile); | |
6043 | /* We use the scope start DNTT index as the nesting depth identifier! */ | |
6044 | new = push_context (desc, valu); | |
6045 | #endif | |
6046 | break; | |
6047 | ||
6048 | case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE: | |
6049 | /* Declares a C++ reference type. Should not be necessary to do anything | |
6050 | * with the type at this level; these are processed | |
6051 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. | |
6052 | */ | |
6053 | break; | |
6054 | ||
6055 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM: | |
6056 | /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-data-member type. This does not | |
6057 | * need to be handled at this level; being a type description it | |
6058 | * is instead handled at the hpread_type_lookup() level. | |
6059 | */ | |
6060 | break; | |
6061 | ||
6062 | case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC: | |
6063 | /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-function-member type. This does not | |
6064 | * need to be handled at this level; being a type description it | |
6065 | * is instead handled at the hpread_type_lookup() level. | |
6066 | */ | |
6067 | break; | |
6068 | ||
6069 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS: | |
6070 | /* Declares a class type. | |
6071 | * Should not be necessary to do anything | |
6072 | * with the type at this level; these are processed | |
6073 | * at the hpread_type_lookup() level. | |
6074 | */ | |
6075 | break; | |
6076 | ||
6077 | case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD: | |
6078 | /* I believe this is used for class member functions */ | |
6079 | /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_struct_type() will take | |
6080 | * care of walking the list of class members. | |
6081 | */ | |
6082 | break; | |
6083 | ||
6084 | case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC: | |
6085 | /* Virtual function */ | |
6086 | /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in | |
6087 | * the course of processing class symbols. | |
6088 | */ | |
6089 | break; | |
6090 | ||
6091 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS: | |
6092 | /* DDE ignores this symbol table record. | |
6093 | * It has something to do with "modified access" to class members. | |
6094 | * I'll assume we can safely ignore it too. | |
6095 | */ | |
6096 | break; | |
6097 | ||
6098 | case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE: | |
6099 | /* These don't have to be handled here, since they are handled | |
6100 | * within hpread_read_struct_type() in the process of constructing | |
6101 | * a class type. | |
6102 | */ | |
6103 | break; | |
6104 | ||
6105 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS: | |
6106 | case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC: | |
6107 | /* These can safely be ignored, as GDB doesn't need this | |
6108 | * info. DDE only uses it in "describe". We may later want | |
6109 | * to extend GDB's "ptype" to give this info, but for now | |
6110 | * it seems safe enough to ignore it. | |
6111 | */ | |
6112 | break; | |
6113 | ||
6114 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER: | |
6115 | /* Intended to supply "modified access" to a type */ | |
6116 | /* From the way DDE handles this, it looks like it always | |
6117 | * modifies a type. Therefore it is safe to ignore it at this | |
6118 | * level, and handle it in hpread_type_lookup(). | |
6119 | */ | |
6120 | break; | |
6121 | ||
6122 | case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID: | |
6123 | /* Just ignore this - that's all DDE does */ | |
6124 | break; | |
6125 | ||
6126 | case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC: | |
6127 | /* Member function */ | |
6128 | /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in | |
6129 | * the course of processing class symbols. | |
6130 | */ | |
6131 | break; | |
6132 | ||
6133 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC: | |
6134 | /* Member function */ | |
6135 | /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in | |
6136 | * the course of processing class symbols. | |
6137 | */ | |
6138 | break; | |
6139 | ||
6140 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE: | |
6141 | /* Template - sort of the header for a template definition, | |
6142 | * which like a class, points to a member list and also points | |
6143 | * to a TEMPLATE_ARG list of type-arguments. | |
6144 | * We do not need to process TEMPLATE records at this level though. | |
6145 | */ | |
6146 | break; | |
6147 | ||
6148 | case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG: | |
6149 | /* The TEMPLATE record points to an argument list of | |
6150 | * TEMPLATE_ARG records, each of which describes one | |
6151 | * of the type-arguments. | |
6152 | * We do not need to process TEMPLATE_ARG records at this level though. | |
6153 | */ | |
6154 | break; | |
6155 | ||
6156 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE: | |
6157 | /* This will get emitted for member functions of templates. | |
6158 | * But we don't need to process this record at this level though, | |
6159 | * we will process it in the course of processing a TEMPLATE | |
6160 | * record. | |
6161 | */ | |
6162 | break; | |
6163 | ||
6164 | case DNTT_TYPE_LINK: | |
6165 | /* The LINK record is used to link up templates with instantiations. */ | |
6166 | /* It is not clear why this is needed, and furthermore aCC does | |
6167 | * not appear to generate this, so I think we can safely ignore it. - RT | |
6168 | */ | |
c906108c | 6169 | break; |
8af51c36 EZ |
6170 | |
6171 | /* DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC is not handled by GDB */ | |
6172 | /* DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE is not handled by GDB */ | |
6173 | /* DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT is not handled by GDB */ | |
6174 | /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN is not handled by GDB */ | |
6175 | /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST is not handled by GDB */ | |
6176 | /* DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS is not handled by GDB */ | |
6177 | ||
c906108c SS |
6178 | default: |
6179 | break; | |
6180 | } | |
6181 | } | |
8af51c36 EZ |
6182 | |
6183 | /* Get nesting depth for a DNTT entry. | |
6184 | * DN_BUFP points to a DNTT entry. | |
6185 | * OBJFILE is the object file. | |
6186 | * REPORT_NESTED is a flag; if 0, real nesting depth is | |
6187 | * reported, if it is 1, the function simply returns a | |
6188 | * non-zero value if the nesting depth is anything > 0. | |
6189 | * | |
6190 | * Return value is an integer. 0 => not a local type / name | |
6191 | * positive return => type or name is local to some | |
6192 | * block or function. | |
6193 | */ | |
6194 | ||
6195 | ||
6196 | /* elz: ATTENTION: FIXME: NOTE: WARNING!!!! | |
6197 | this function now returns 0 right away. It was taking too much time | |
6198 | at start up. Now, though, the local types are not handled correctly. | |
6199 | */ | |
6200 | ||
6201 | ||
6202 | static int | |
6203 | hpread_get_scope_depth (union dnttentry *dn_bufp, struct objfile *objfile, | |
6204 | int report_nested) | |
6205 | { | |
6206 | register int index; | |
6207 | register union dnttentry *dn_tmp; | |
6208 | register short depth = 0; | |
6209 | /****************************/ | |
6210 | return 0; | |
6211 | /****************************/ | |
6212 | ||
6213 | index = (((char *) dn_bufp) - LNTT (objfile)) / (sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)); | |
6214 | ||
6215 | while (--index >= 0) | |
6216 | { | |
6217 | dn_tmp = hpread_get_lntt (index, objfile); | |
6218 | switch (dn_tmp->dblock.kind) | |
6219 | { | |
6220 | case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE: | |
6221 | return depth; | |
6222 | case DNTT_TYPE_END: | |
6223 | /* index is signed int; dnttp.index is 29-bit unsigned int! */ | |
6224 | index = (int) dn_tmp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index; | |
6225 | break; | |
6226 | case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN: | |
6227 | case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION: | |
6228 | case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION: | |
6229 | case DNTT_TYPE_WITH: | |
6230 | case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON: | |
6231 | case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE: | |
6232 | depth++; | |
6233 | if (report_nested) | |
6234 | return 1; | |
6235 | break; | |
6236 | default: | |
6237 | break; | |
6238 | } | |
6239 | } | |
6240 | return depth; | |
6241 | } | |
6242 | ||
6243 | /* Adjust the bitoffsets for all fields of an anonymous union of | |
6244 | type TYPE by negative BITS. This handles HP aCC's hideous habit | |
6245 | of giving members of anonymous unions bit offsets relative to the | |
6246 | enclosing structure instead of relative to the union itself. */ | |
6247 | ||
6248 | static void | |
6249 | hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (struct type *type, int bits) | |
6250 | { | |
6251 | register int i; | |
6252 | ||
6253 | /* This is done only for unions; caller had better check that | |
6254 | it is an anonymous one. */ | |
6255 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION) | |
6256 | return; | |
6257 | ||
6258 | /* Adjust each field; since this is a union, there are no base | |
6259 | classes. Also no static membes. Also, no need for recursion as | |
6260 | the members of this union if themeselves structs or unions, have | |
6261 | the correct bitoffsets; if an anonymous union is a member of this | |
6262 | anonymous union, the code in hpread_read_struct_type() will | |
6263 | adjust for that. */ | |
6264 | ||
6265 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++) | |
6266 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) -= bits; | |
6267 | } | |
6268 | ||
6269 | /* Because of quirks in HP compilers' treatment of anonymous unions inside | |
6270 | classes, we have to chase through a chain of threaded FIELD entries. | |
6271 | If we encounter an anonymous union in the chain, we must recursively skip over | |
6272 | that too. | |
6273 | ||
6274 | This function does a "next" in the chain of FIELD entries, but transparently | |
6275 | skips over anonymous unions' fields (recursively). | |
6276 | ||
6277 | Inputs are the number of times to do "next" at the top level, the dnttpointer | |
6278 | (FIELD) and entry pointer (FIELDP) for the dntt record corresponding to it, | |
6279 | and the ubiquitous objfile parameter. (Note: FIELDP is a **.) Return value | |
6280 | is a dnttpointer for the new field after all the skipped ones */ | |
6281 | ||
6282 | static dnttpointer | |
6283 | hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (int skip_fields, dnttpointer field, | |
6284 | union dnttentry **fieldp, | |
6285 | struct objfile *objfile) | |
6286 | { | |
6287 | struct type *anon_type; | |
6288 | register int i; | |
6289 | int bitoffset; | |
6290 | char *name; | |
6291 | ||
6292 | for (i = 0; i < skip_fields; i++) | |
6293 | { | |
6294 | /* Get type of item we're looking at now; recursively processes the types | |
6295 | of these intermediate items we skip over, so they aren't lost. */ | |
6296 | anon_type = hpread_type_lookup ((*fieldp)->dfield.type, objfile); | |
6297 | anon_type = CHECK_TYPEDEF (anon_type); | |
6298 | bitoffset = (*fieldp)->dfield.bitoffset; | |
6299 | name = VT (objfile) + (*fieldp)->dfield.name; | |
6300 | /* First skip over one item to avoid stack death on recursion */ | |
6301 | field = (*fieldp)->dfield.nextfield; | |
6302 | *fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile); | |
6303 | /* Do we have another anonymous union? If so, adjust the bitoffsets | |
6304 | of its members and skip over its members. */ | |
6305 | if ((TYPE_CODE (anon_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION) && | |
6306 | (!name || STREQ (name, ""))) | |
6307 | { | |
6308 | hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (anon_type, bitoffset); | |
6309 | field = hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (TYPE_NFIELDS (anon_type), field, fieldp, objfile); | |
6310 | } | |
6311 | } | |
6312 | return field; | |
6313 | } |